hollalinux
/
linux-sg2042
mirror of https://github.com/sophgo/linux-riscv.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge with /pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git

This commit is contained in:
Steve French 2005-11-09 14:33:22 -08:00
parent ec58ef0328 ad8f76be48
commit e82b3aec8d
2548 changed files with 138982 additions and 95295 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6
CREDITS
View File

@ -3642,11 +3642,9 @@ S: Beaverton, OR 97005
S: USA S: USA
N: Michal Wronski N: Michal Wronski
E: wrona@mat.uni.torun.pl E: Michal.Wronski@motorola.com
W: http://www.mat.uni.torun.pl/~wrona
D: POSIX message queues fs (with K. Benedyczak) D: POSIX message queues fs (with K. Benedyczak)
S: ul. Teczowa 23/12 S: Krakow
S: 80-680 Gdansk-Sobieszewo
S: Poland S: Poland
N: Frank Xia N: Frank Xia

11
Documentation/Changes
View File

@ -139,9 +139,14 @@ You'll probably want to upgrade.
Ksymoops Ksymoops
-------- --------
If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you'll need a 2.4 If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you may need the
version of ksymoops to decode the report; see REPORTING-BUGS in the ksymoops tool to decode it, but in most cases you don't.
root of the Linux source for more information. In the 2.6 kernel it is generally preferred to build the kernel with
CONFIG_KALLSYMS so that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is
(this also produces better output than ksymoops).
If for some reason your kernel is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and
you have no way to rebuild and reproduce the Oops with that option, then
you can still decode that Oops with ksymoops.
Module-Init-Tools Module-Init-Tools
----------------- -----------------

2
Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := wanbook.xml z8530book.xml mcabook.xml videobook.xml \
kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml \ procfs-guide.xml writing_usb_driver.xml \
sis900.xml kernel-api.xml journal-api.xml lsm.xml usb.xml \ sis900.xml kernel-api.xml journal-api.xml lsm.xml usb.xml \
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml
### ###
# The build process is as follows (targets): # The build process is as follows (targets):

2
Documentation/DocBook/journal-api.tmpl
View File

@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ an example.
</para> </para>
<sect1><title>Journal Level</title> <sect1><title>Journal Level</title>
!Efs/jbd/journal.c !Efs/jbd/journal.c
!Efs/jbd/recovery.c !Ifs/jbd/recovery.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>Transasction Level</title> <sect1><title>Transasction Level</title>
!Efs/jbd/transaction.c !Efs/jbd/transaction.c

13
Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl
View File

@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>User Space Memory Access</title> <sect1><title>User Space Memory Access</title>
!Iinclude/asm-i386/uaccess.h !Iinclude/asm-i386/uaccess.h
!Iarch/i386/lib/usercopy.c !Earch/i386/lib/usercopy.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>More Memory Management Functions</title> <sect1><title>More Memory Management Functions</title>
!Iinclude/linux/rmap.h !Iinclude/linux/rmap.h
@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
<title>The Linux VFS</title> <title>The Linux VFS</title>
<sect1><title>The Filesystem types</title> <sect1><title>The Filesystem types</title>
!Iinclude/linux/fs.h !Iinclude/linux/fs.h
!Einclude/linux/fs.h
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>The Directory Cache</title> <sect1><title>The Directory Cache</title>
!Efs/dcache.c !Efs/dcache.c
@ -239,9 +238,9 @@ X!Ilib/string.c
<title>Network device support</title> <title>Network device support</title>
<sect1><title>Driver Support</title> <sect1><title>Driver Support</title>
!Enet/core/dev.c !Enet/core/dev.c
</sect1> !Enet/ethernet/eth.c
<sect1><title>8390 Based Network Cards</title> !Einclude/linux/etherdevice.h
!Edrivers/net/8390.c !Enet/core/wireless.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>Synchronous PPP</title> <sect1><title>Synchronous PPP</title>
!Edrivers/net/wan/syncppp.c !Edrivers/net/wan/syncppp.c
@ -266,7 +265,7 @@ X!Ekernel/module.c
<chapter id="hardware"> <chapter id="hardware">
<title>Hardware Interfaces</title> <title>Hardware Interfaces</title>
<sect1><title>Interrupt Handling</title> <sect1><title>Interrupt Handling</title>
!Ikernel/irq/manage.c !Ekernel/irq/manage.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>Resources Management</title> <sect1><title>Resources Management</title>
@ -501,7 +500,7 @@ KAO -->
!Edrivers/video/modedb.c !Edrivers/video/modedb.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database</title> <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database</title>
!Idrivers/video/macmodes.c !Edrivers/video/macmodes.c
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title> <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title>
<para> <para>

160
Documentation/DocBook/rapidio.tmpl Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY rapidio SYSTEM "rapidio.xml">
]>
<book id="RapidIO-Guide">
<bookinfo>
<title>RapidIO Subsystem Guide</title>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<firstname>Matt</firstname>
<surname>Porter</surname>
<affiliation>
<address>
<email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email>
<email>mporter@mvista.com</email>
</address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</authorgroup>
<copyright>
<year>2005</year>
<holder>MontaVista Software, Inc.</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
</para>
<para>
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
</para>
<para>
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
MA 02111-1307 USA
</para>
<para>
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
distribution of Linux.
</para>
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
<toc></toc>
<chapter id="intro">
<title>Introduction</title>
<para>
RapidIO is a high speed switched fabric interconnect with
features aimed at the embedded market. RapidIO provides
support for memory-mapped I/O as well as message-based
transactions over the switched fabric network. RapidIO has
a standardized discovery mechanism not unlike the PCI bus
standard that allows simple detection of devices in a
network.
</para>
<para>
This documentation is provided for developers intending
to support RapidIO on new architectures, write new drivers,
or to understand the subsystem internals.
</para>
</chapter>
<chapter id="bugs">
<title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title>
<sect1>
<title>Bugs</title>
<para>None. ;)</para>
</sect1>
<sect1>
<title>Limitations</title>
<para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem><para>Access/management of RapidIO memory regions is not supported</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Multiple host enumeration is not supported</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="drivers">
<title>RapidIO driver interface</title>
<para>
Drivers are provided a set of calls in order
to interface with the subsystem to gather info
on devices, request/map memory region resources,
and manage mailboxes/doorbells.
</para>
<sect1>
<title>Functions</title>
!Iinclude/linux/rio_drv.h
!Edrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c
!Edrivers/rapidio/rio.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="internals">
<title>Internals</title>
<para>
This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the RapidIO
subsystem.
</para>
<sect1><title>Structures</title>
!Iinclude/linux/rio.h
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Enumeration and Discovery</title>
!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-scan.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Driver functionality</title>
!Idrivers/rapidio/rio.c
!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-access.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Device model support</title>
!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-driver.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>Sysfs support</title>
!Idrivers/rapidio/rio-sysfs.c
</sect1>
<sect1><title>PPC32 support</title>
!Iarch/ppc/kernel/rio.c
!Earch/ppc/syslib/ppc85xx_rio.c
!Iarch/ppc/syslib/ppc85xx_rio.c
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="credits">
<title>Credits</title>
<para>
The following people have contributed to the RapidIO
subsystem directly or indirectly:
<orderedlist>
<listitem><para>Matt Porter<email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email></para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Randy Vinson<email>rvinson@mvista.com</email></para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Dan Malek<email>dan@embeddedalley.com</email></para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
<para>
The following people have contributed to this document:
<orderedlist>
<listitem><para>Matt Porter<email>mporter@kernel.crashing.org</email></para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
</chapter>
</book>

174
Documentation/MSI-HOWTO.txt
View File

@ -10,14 +10,22 @@
This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI), This guide describes the basics of Message Signaled Interrupts (MSI),
the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms, the advantages of using MSI over traditional interrupt mechanisms,
and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is and how to enable your driver to use MSI or MSI-X. Also included is
a Frequently Asked Questions. a Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) section.
1.1 Terminology
PCI devices can be single-function or multi-function. In either case,
when this text talks about enabling or disabling MSI on a "device
function," it is referring to one specific PCI device and function and
not to all functions on a PCI device (unless the PCI device has only
one function).
2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation 2. Copyright 2003 Intel Corporation
3. What is MSI/MSI-X? 3. What is MSI/MSI-X?
Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus Message Signaled Interrupt (MSI), as described in the PCI Local Bus
Specification Revision 2.3 or latest, is an optional feature, and a Specification Revision 2.3 or later, is an optional feature, and a
required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function required feature for PCI Express devices. MSI enables a device function
to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to to request service by sending an Inbound Memory Write on its PCI bus to
the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is the FSB as a Message Signal Interrupt transaction. Because MSI is
@ -27,7 +35,7 @@ supported.
A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion A PCI device that supports MSI must also support pin IRQ assertion
interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that interrupt mechanism to provide backward compatibility for systems that
do not support MSI. In Systems, which support MSI, the bus driver is do not support MSI. In systems which support MSI, the bus driver is
responsible for initializing the message address and message data of responsible for initializing the message address and message data of
the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device the device function's MSI/MSI-X capability structure during device
initial configuration. initial configuration.
@ -61,17 +69,17 @@ over the MSI capability structure as described below.
- MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector - MSI and MSI-X both support per-vector masking. Per-vector
masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required masking is an optional extension of MSI but a required
feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel feature for MSI-X. Per-vector masking provides the kernel the
the ability to mask/unmask MSI when servicing its software ability to mask/unmask a single MSI while running its
interrupt service routing handler. If per-vector masking is interrupt service routine. If per-vector masking is
not supported, then the device driver should provide the not supported, then the device driver should provide the
hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device hardware/software synchronization to ensure that the device
generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so. generates MSI when the driver wants it to do so.
4. Why use MSI? 4. Why use MSI?
As a benefit the simplification of board design, MSI allows board As a benefit to the simplification of board design, MSI allows board
designers to remove out of band interrupt routing. MSI is another designers to remove out-of-band interrupt routing. MSI is another
step towards a legacy-free environment. step towards a legacy-free environment.
Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to Due to increasing pressure on chipset and processor packages to
@ -87,7 +95,7 @@ support. As a result, the PCI Express technology requires MSI
support for better interrupt performance. support for better interrupt performance.
Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more Using MSI enables the device functions to support two or more
vectors, which can be configured to target different CPU's to vectors, which can be configured to target different CPUs to
increase scalability. increase scalability.
5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X 5. Configuring a driver to use MSI/MSI-X
@ -119,13 +127,13 @@ pci_enable_msi() explicitly.
int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev) int pci_enable_msi(struct pci_dev *dev)
With this new API, any existing device driver, which like to have With this new API, a device driver that wants to have MSI
MSI enabled on its device function, must call this API to enable MSI enabled on its device function must call this API to enable MSI.
A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure A successful call will initialize the MSI capability structure
with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is with ONE vector, regardless of whether a device function is
capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the capable of supporting multiple messages. This vector replaces the
pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid the conflict pre-assigned dev->irq with a new MSI vector. To avoid a conflict
of new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires of the new assigned vector with existing pre-assigned vector requires
a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq(). a device driver to call this API before calling request_irq().
5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi 5.2.2 API pci_disable_msi
@ -137,14 +145,14 @@ when a device driver is unloading. This API restores dev->irq with
the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt the pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and switches a device's interrupt
mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode. mode to PCI pin-irq assertion/INTx emulation mode.
Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on MSI vector Note that a device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector
it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do that it has done request_irq() on before calling this API. Failure to do
so results a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
leaks its vector. leaks its vector.
5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram 5.2.3 MSI mode vs. legacy mode diagram
The below diagram shows the events, which switches the interrupt The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and mode on the MSI-capable device function between MSI mode and
PIN-IRQ assertion mode. PIN-IRQ assertion mode.
@ -155,9 +163,9 @@ PIN-IRQ assertion mode.
------------ pci_disable_msi ------------------------ ------------ pci_disable_msi ------------------------
Figure 1.0 MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode Figure 1. MSI Mode vs. Legacy Mode
In Figure 1.0, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy In Figure 1, a device operates by default in legacy mode. Legacy
in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx in this context means PCI pin-irq assertion or PCI-Express INTx
emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches emulation. A successful MSI request (using pci_enable_msi()) switches
a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector a device's interrupt mode to MSI mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
@ -166,11 +174,11 @@ assigned MSI vector will replace dev->irq.
To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a pci_disable_msi() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msi(). Note that a
device driver should always call free_irq() on MSI vector it has done device driver should always call free_irq() on the MSI vector it has
request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do so done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msi(). Failure to do
results a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI enabled and
leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's leaks its vector. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem restores a device's
dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks released dev->irq with a pre-assigned IOAPIC vector and marks the released
MSI vector as unused. MSI vector as unused.
Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI Once being marked as unused, there is no guarantee that the PCI
@ -178,8 +186,8 @@ subsystem will reserve this MSI vector for a device. Depending on
the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of the availability of current PCI vector resources and the number of
MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned. MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, this MSI may be re-assigned.
For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned this MSI vector For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigns this MSI vector to
another driver, a request to switching back to MSI mode may result another driver, a request to switch back to MSI mode may result
in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more in being assigned a different MSI vector or a failure if no more
vectors are available. vectors are available.
@ -208,12 +216,12 @@ Unlike the function pci_enable_msi(), the function pci_enable_msix()
does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI does not replace the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq with a new MSI
vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping vector because the PCI subsystem writes the 1:1 vector-to-entry mapping
into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument. into the field vector of each element contained in a second argument.
Note that the pre-assigned IO-APIC dev->irq is valid only if the device Note that the pre-assigned IOAPIC dev->irq is valid only if the device
operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt of operates in PIN-IRQ assertion mode. In MSI-X mode, any attempt at
using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service using dev->irq by the device driver to request for interrupt service
may result unpredictabe behavior. may result unpredictabe behavior.
For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible to call For each MSI-X vector granted, a device driver is responsible for calling
other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable other functions like request_irq(), enable_irq(), etc. to enable
this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is this vector with its corresponding interrupt service handler. It is
a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same a device driver's choice to assign all vectors with the same
@ -224,13 +232,13 @@ service handler.
The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address The PCI 3.0 specification has implementation notes that MMIO address
space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the space for a device's MSI-X structure should be isolated so that the
software system can set different page for controlling accesses to software system can set different pages for controlling accesses to the
the MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI patch requires the PCI MSI-X structure. The implementation of MSI support requires the PCI
subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X subsystem, not a device driver, to maintain full control of the MSI-X
table/MSI-X PBA and MMIO address space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. table/MSI-X PBA (Pending Bit Array) and MMIO address space of the MSI-X
A device driver is prohibited from requesting the MMIO address space table/MSI-X PBA. A device driver is prohibited from requesting the MMIO
of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem will fail address space of the MSI-X table/MSI-X PBA. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem
enabling MSI-X on its hardware device when it calls the function will fail enabling MSI-X on its hardware device when it calls the function
pci_enable_msix(). pci_enable_msix().
5.3.2 Handling MSI-X allocation 5.3.2 Handling MSI-X allocation
@ -274,9 +282,9 @@ For the case where fewer MSI-X vectors are allocated to a function
than requested, the function pci_enable_msix() will return the than requested, the function pci_enable_msix() will return the
maximum number of MSI-X vectors available to the caller. A device maximum number of MSI-X vectors available to the caller. A device
driver may re-send its request with fewer or equal vectors indicated driver may re-send its request with fewer or equal vectors indicated
in a return. For example, if a device driver requests 5 vectors, but in the return. For example, if a device driver requests 5 vectors, but
the number of available vectors is 3 vectors, a value of 3 will be a the number of available vectors is 3 vectors, a value of 3 will be
return as a result of pci_enable_msix() call. A function could be returned as a result of pci_enable_msix() call. A function could be
designed for its driver to use only 3 MSI-X table entries as designed for its driver to use only 3 MSI-X table entries as
different combinations as ABC--, A-B-C, A--CB, etc. Note that this different combinations as ABC--, A-B-C, A--CB, etc. Note that this
patch does not support multiple entries with the same vector. Such patch does not support multiple entries with the same vector. Such
@ -285,49 +293,46 @@ as ABBCC, AABCC, BCCBA, etc will result as a failure by the function
pci_enable_msix(). Below are the reasons why supporting multiple pci_enable_msix(). Below are the reasons why supporting multiple
entries with the same vector is an undesirable solution. entries with the same vector is an undesirable solution.
- The PCI subsystem can not determine which entry, which - The PCI subsystem cannot determine the entry that
generated the message, to mask/unmask MSI while handling generated the message to mask/unmask MSI while handling
software driver ISR. Attempting to walk through all MSI-X software driver ISR. Attempting to walk through all MSI-X
table entries (2048 max) to mask/unmask any match vector table entries (2048 max) to mask/unmask any match vector
is an undesirable solution. is an undesirable solution.
- Walk through all MSI-X table entries (2048 max) to handle - Walking through all MSI-X table entries (2048 max) to handle
SMP affinity of any match vector is an undesirable solution. SMP affinity of any match vector is an undesirable solution.
5.3.4 API pci_enable_msix 5.3.4 API pci_enable_msix
int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, u32 *entries, int nvec) int pci_enable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msix_entry *entries, int nvec)
This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem This API enables a device driver to request the PCI subsystem
for enabling MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on to enable MSI-X messages on its hardware device. Depending on
the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables the availability of PCI vectors resources, the PCI subsystem enables
either all or nothing. either all or none of the requested vectors.
Argument dev points to the device (pci_dev) structure. Argument 'dev' points to the device (pci_dev) structure.
Argument entries is a pointer of unsigned integer type. The number of Argument 'entries' is a pointer to an array of msix_entry structs.
elements is indicated in argument nvec. The content of each element The number of entries is indicated in argument 'nvec'.
will be mapped to the following struct defined in /driver/pci/msi.h. struct msix_entry is defined in /driver/pci/msi.h:
struct msix_entry { struct msix_entry {
u16 vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */ u16 vector; /* kernel uses to write alloc vector */
u16 entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */ u16 entry; /* driver uses to specify entry */
}; };
A device driver is responsible for initializing the field entry of A device driver is responsible for initializing the field 'entry' of
each element with unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise, each element with a unique entry supported by MSI-X table. Otherwise,
-EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero -EINVAL will be returned as a result. A successful return of zero
indicates the PCI subsystem completes initializing each of requested indicates the PCI subsystem completed initializing each of the requested
entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data. entries of the MSI-X table with message address and message data.
Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1 Last but not least, the PCI subsystem will write the 1:1
vector-to-entry mapping into the field vector of each element. A vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element. A
device driver is responsible of keeping track of allocated MSI-X device driver is responsible for keeping track of allocated MSI-X
vectors in its internal data structure. vectors in its internal data structure.
Argument nvec is an integer indicating the number of messages A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors was
requested.
A return of zero indicates that the number of MSI-X vectors is
successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates successfully allocated. A return of greater than zero indicates
MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates MSI-X vector shortage. Or a return of less than zero indicates
a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries a failure. This failure may be a result of duplicate entries
@ -341,12 +346,12 @@ void pci_disable_msix(struct pci_dev *dev)
This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix() This API should always be used to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix()
when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should when a device driver is unloading. Note that a device driver should
always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq() always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it has done request_irq()
on before calling this API. Failure to do so results a BUG_ON() and on before calling this API. Failure to do so results in a BUG_ON() and
a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors. a device will be left with MSI-X enabled and leaks its vectors.
5.3.6 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram 5.3.6 MSI-X mode vs. legacy mode diagram
The below diagram shows the events, which switches the interrupt The below diagram shows the events which switch the interrupt
mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and mode on the MSI-X capable device function between MSI-X mode and
PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy). PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy).
@ -356,22 +361,22 @@ PIN-IRQ assertion mode (legacy).
| | ===============> | | | | ===============> | |
------------ pci_disable_msix ------------------------ ------------ pci_disable_msix ------------------------
Figure 2.0 MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode Figure 2. MSI-X Mode vs. Legacy Mode
In Figure 2.0, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A In Figure 2, a device operates by default in legacy mode. A
successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a successful MSI-X request (using pci_enable_msix()) switches a
device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector device's interrupt mode to MSI-X mode. A pre-assigned IOAPIC vector
stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however, stored in dev->irq will be saved by the PCI subsystem; however,
unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with unlike MSI mode, the PCI subsystem will not replace dev->irq with
assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1 assigned MSI-X vector because the PCI subsystem already writes the 1:1
vector-to-entry mapping into the field vector of each element vector-to-entry mapping into the field 'vector' of each element
specified in second argument. specified in second argument.
To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call To return back to its default mode, a device driver should always call
pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that pci_disable_msix() to undo the effect of pci_enable_msix(). Note that
a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it a device driver should always call free_irq() on all MSI-X vectors it
has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure has done request_irq() on before calling pci_disable_msix(). Failure
to do so results a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X to do so results in a BUG_ON() and a device will be left with MSI-X
enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a enabled and leaks its vectors. Otherwise, the PCI subsystem switches a
device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and device function's interrupt mode from MSI-X mode to legacy mode and
marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused. marks all allocated MSI-X vectors as unused.
@ -383,53 +388,56 @@ MSI/MSI-X requests from other drivers, these MSI-X vectors may be
re-assigned. re-assigned.
For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors For the case where the PCI subsystem re-assigned these MSI-X vectors
to other driver, a request to switching back to MSI-X mode may result to other drivers, a request to switch back to MSI-X mode may result
being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no being assigned with another set of MSI-X vectors or a failure if no
more vectors are available. more vectors are available.
5.4 Handling function implementng both MSI and MSI-X capabilities 5.4 Handling function implementing both MSI and MSI-X capabilities
For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X For the case where a function implements both MSI and MSI-X
capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI capabilities, the PCI subsystem enables a device to run either in MSI
mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it mode or MSI-X mode but not both. A device driver determines whether it
wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device wants MSI or MSI-X enabled on its hardware device. Once a device
driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited to request for driver requests for MSI, for example, it is prohibited from requesting
MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong MSI-X; in other words, a device driver is not permitted to ping-pong
between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time. between MSI mod MSI-X mode during a run-time.
5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support 5.5 Hardware requirements for MSI/MSI-X support
MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and MSI/MSI-X support requires support from both system hardware and
individual hardware device functions. individual hardware device functions.
5.5.1 System hardware support 5.5.1 System hardware support
Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling Since the target of MSI address is the local APIC CPU, enabling
MSI/MSI-X support in Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing MSI/MSI-X support in the Linux kernel is dependent on whether existing
system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify their system hardware supports local APIC. Users should verify that their
system whether it runs when CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y. system supports local APIC operation by testing that it runs when
CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y.
In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set; In SMP environment, CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC is automatically set;
however, in UP environment, users must manually set however, in UP environment, users must manually set
CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC. Once CONFIG_X86_LOCAL_APIC=y, setting
CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and CONFIG_PCI_MSI enables the VECTOR based scheme and the option for
the option for MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI-capable device drivers to selectively enable MSI/MSI-X.
MSI/MSI-X.
Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X Note that CONFIG_X86_IO_APIC setting is irrelevant because MSI/MSI-X
vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not vector is allocated new during runtime and MSI/MSI-X support does not
depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X depend on BIOS support. This key independency enables MSI/MSI-X
support on future IOxAPIC free platform. support on future IOxAPIC free platforms.
5.5.2 Device hardware support 5.5.2 Device hardware support
The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the The hardware device function supports MSI by indicating the
MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By MSI/MSI-X capability structure on its PCI capability list. By
default, this capability structure will not be initialized by default, this capability structure will not be initialized by
the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words, the kernel to enable MSI during the system boot. In other words,
the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode. the device function is running on its default pin assertion mode.
Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs, Note that in many cases the hardware supporting MSI have bugs,
which may result in system hang. The software driver of specific which may result in system hangs. The software driver of specific
MSI-capable hardware is responsible for whether calling MSI-capable hardware is responsible for deciding whether to call
pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel pci_enable_msi or not. A return of zero indicates the kernel
successfully initializes the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the successfully initialized the MSI/MSI-X capability structure of the
device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode. device function. The device function is now running on MSI/MSI-X mode.
5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function 5.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on device function
@ -439,10 +447,10 @@ pci_enable_msi()/pci_enable_msix() indicates to a device driver that
its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in its device function is initialized successfully and ready to run in
MSI/MSI-X mode. MSI/MSI-X mode.
At the user level, users can use command 'cat /proc/interrupts' At the user level, users can use the command 'cat /proc/interrupts'
to display the vector allocated for a device and its interrupt to display the vectors allocated for devices and their interrupt
MSI/MSI-X mode ("PCI MSI"/"PCI MSIX"). Below shows below MSI mode is MSI/MSI-X modes ("PCI-MSI"/"PCI-MSI-X"). Below shows MSI mode is
enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320. enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320 controller.
CPU0 CPU1 CPU0 CPU1
0: 324639 0 IO-APIC-edge timer 0: 324639 0 IO-APIC-edge timer
@ -453,8 +461,8 @@ enabled on a SCSI Adaptec 39320D Ultra320.
15: 1 0 IO-APIC-edge ide1 15: 1 0 IO-APIC-edge ide1
169: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd 169: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd
185: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd 185: 0 0 IO-APIC-level uhci-hcd
193: 138 10 PCI MSI aic79xx 193: 138 10 PCI-MSI aic79xx
201: 30 0 PCI MSI aic79xx 201: 30 0 PCI-MSI aic79xx
225: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx 225: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx
233: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx 233: 30 0 IO-APIC-level aic7xxx
NMI: 0 0 NMI: 0 0
@ -490,8 +498,8 @@ target address set as 0xfeexxxxx, as conformed to PCI
specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work. specification 2.3 or latest, then it should work.
Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because Q4. From the driver point of view, if the MSI is lost because
of the errors occur during inbound memory write, then it may of errors occurring during inbound memory write, then it may
wait for ever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover? wait forever. Is there a mechanism for it to recover?
A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory A4. Since the target of the transaction is an inbound memory
write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry, write, all transaction termination conditions (Retry,

2
Documentation/RCU/whatisRCU.txt
View File

@ -772,8 +772,6 @@ RCU pointer/list traversal:
list_for_each_entry_rcu list_for_each_entry_rcu
list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new list_for_each_continue_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of new
list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu) list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu)
hlist_for_each_rcu (to be deprecated in favor of
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu)
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu hlist_for_each_entry_rcu
RCU pointer update: RCU pointer update:

7
Documentation/arm/README
View File

@ -8,10 +8,9 @@ Compilation of kernel
--------------------- ---------------------
In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of In order to compile ARM Linux, you will need a compiler capable of
generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 2.95.1, EGCS generating ARM ELF code with GNU extensions. GCC 3.3 is known to be
1.1.2, and GCC 3.3 are known to be good compilers. Fortunately, you a good compiler. Fortunately, you needn't guess. The kernel will report
needn't guess. The kernel will report an error if your compiler is an error if your compiler is a recognized offender.
a recognized offender.
To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line To build ARM Linux natively, you shouldn't have to alter the ARCH = line
in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF in the top level Makefile. However, if you don't have the ARM Linux ELF

4
Documentation/connector/cn_test.c
View File

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#include <linux/skbuff.h> #include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/timer.h> #include <linux/timer.h>
#include "connector.h" #include <linux/connector.h>
static struct cb_id cn_test_id = { 0x123, 0x456 }; static struct cb_id cn_test_id = { 0x123, 0x456 };
static char cn_test_name[] = "cn_test"; static char cn_test_name[] = "cn_test";
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ static int cn_test_want_notify(void)
req->first = cn_test_id.val + 20; req->first = cn_test_id.val + 20;
req->range = 10; req->range = 10;
NETLINK_CB(skb).dst_groups = ctl->group; NETLINK_CB(skb).dst_group = ctl->group;
//netlink_broadcast(nls, skb, 0, ctl->group, GFP_ATOMIC); //netlink_broadcast(nls, skb, 0, ctl->group, GFP_ATOMIC);
netlink_unicast(nls, skb, 0, 0); netlink_unicast(nls, skb, 0, 0);

5
Documentation/device-mapper/snapshot.txt
View File

@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ There are two dm targets available: snapshot and snapshot-origin.
*) snapshot-origin <origin> *) snapshot-origin <origin>
which will normally have one or more snapshots based on it. which will normally have one or more snapshots based on it.
You must create the snapshot-origin device before you can create snapshots.
Reads will be mapped directly to the backing device. For each write, the Reads will be mapped directly to the backing device. For each write, the
original data will be saved in the <COW device> of each snapshot to keep original data will be saved in the <COW device> of each snapshot to keep
its visible content unchanged, at least until the <COW device> fills up. its visible content unchanged, at least until the <COW device> fills up.
@ -27,7 +26,7 @@ its visible content unchanged, at least until the <COW device> fills up.
*) snapshot <origin> <COW device> <persistent?> <chunksize> *) snapshot <origin> <COW device> <persistent?> <chunksize>
A snapshot is created of the <origin> block device. Changed chunks of A snapshot of the <origin> block device is created. Changed chunks of
<chunksize> sectors will be stored on the <COW device>. Writes will <chunksize> sectors will be stored on the <COW device>. Writes will
only go to the <COW device>. Reads will come from the <COW device> or only go to the <COW device>. Reads will come from the <COW device> or
from <origin> for unchanged data. <COW device> will often be from <origin> for unchanged data. <COW device> will often be
@ -37,6 +36,8 @@ the amount of free space and expand the <COW device> before it fills up.
<persistent?> is P (Persistent) or N (Not persistent - will not survive <persistent?> is P (Persistent) or N (Not persistent - will not survive
after reboot). after reboot).
The difference is that for transient snapshots less metadata must be
saved on disk - they can be kept in memory by the kernel.
How this is used by LVM2 How this is used by LVM2

64
Documentation/dvb/bt8xx.txt
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
How to get the Nebula, PCTV and Twinhan DST cards working How to get the Nebula, PCTV, FusionHDTV Lite and Twinhan DST cards working
========================================================= ==========================================================================
This class of cards has a bt878a as the PCI interface, and This class of cards has a bt878a as the PCI interface, and
require the bttv driver. require the bttv driver.
@ -26,27 +26,31 @@ Furthermore you need to enable
In general you need to load the bttv driver, which will handle the gpio and In general you need to load the bttv driver, which will handle the gpio and
i2c communication for us, plus the common dvb-bt8xx device driver. i2c communication for us, plus the common dvb-bt8xx device driver.
The frontends for Nebula (nxt6000), Pinnacle PCTV (cx24110) and The frontends for Nebula (nxt6000), Pinnacle PCTV (cx24110), TwinHan (dst),
TwinHan (dst) are loaded automatically by the dvb-bt8xx device driver. FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite (mt352) and FusionHDTV5 Lite (lgdt330x) are loaded
automatically by the dvb-bt8xx device driver.
3a) Nebula / Pinnacle PCTV 3a) Nebula / Pinnacle PCTV / FusionHDTV Lite
-------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
$ modprobe bttv (normally bttv is being loaded automatically by kmod) $ modprobe bttv (normally bttv is being loaded automatically by kmod)
$ modprobe dvb-bt8xx (or just place dvb-bt8xx in /etc/modules for automatic loading) $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx
(or just place dvb-bt8xx in /etc/modules for automatic loading)
3b) TwinHan and Clones 3b) TwinHan and Clones
-------------------------- --------------------------
$ modprobe bttv i2c_hw=1 card=0x71 $ modprobe bttv card=0x71
$ modprobe dvb-bt8xx $ modprobe dvb-bt8xx
$ modprobe dst $ modprobe dst
The value 0x71 will override the PCI type detection for dvb-bt8xx, The value 0x71 will override the PCI type detection for dvb-bt8xx,
which is necessary for TwinHan cards. which is necessary for TwinHan cards. Omission of this parameter might result
in a system lockup.
If you're having an older card (blue color circuit) and card=0x71 locks If you're having an older card (blue color PCB) and card=0x71 locks up
your machine, try using 0x68, too. If that does not work, ask on the your machine, try using 0x68, too. If that does not work, ask on the
mailing list. mailing list.
@ -64,11 +68,47 @@ verbose=0 means complete disabling of messages
dst_addons takes values 0 and 0x20. A value of 0 means it is a FTA card. dst_addons takes values 0 and 0x20. A value of 0 means it is a FTA card.
0x20 means it has a Conditional Access slot. 0x20 means it has a Conditional Access slot.
The autodected values are determined bythe cards 'response The autodetected values are determined by the cards 'response string'
string' which you can see in your logs e.g. which you can see in your logs e.g.
dst_get_device_id: Recognise [DSTMCI] dst_get_device_id: Recognise [DSTMCI]
If you need to sent in bug reports on the dst, please do send in a complete
log with the verbose=4 module parameter. For general usage, the default setting
of verbose=1 is ideal.
4) Multiple cards
--------------------------
If you happen to be running multiple cards, it would be advisable to load
the bttv module with the card id. This would help to solve any module loading
problems that you might face.
For example, if you have a Twinhan and Clones card along with a FusionHDTV5 Lite
$ modprobe bttv card=0x71 card=0x87
Here the order of the card id is important and should be the same as that of the
physical order of the cards. Here card=0x71 represents the Twinhan and clones
and card=0x87 represents Fusion HDTV5 Lite. These arguments can also be
specified in decimal, rather than hex:
$ modprobe bttv card=113 card=135
Some examples of card-id's
Pinnacle Sat 0x5e (94)
Nebula Digi TV 0x68 (104)
PC HDTV 0x70 (112)
Twinhan 0x71 (113)
FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite 0x80 (128)
FusionHDTV5 Lite 0x87 (135)
For a full list of card-id's, see the V4L Documentation within the kernel
source: linux/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv
If you have problems with this please do ask on the mailing list.
-- --
Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold, Manu Abraham Authors: Richard Walker, Jamie Honan, Michael Hunold, Manu Abraham

37
Documentation/dvb/cards.txt
View File

@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ o Frontends drivers:
- dib3000mb : DiBcom 3000-MB demodulator - dib3000mb : DiBcom 3000-MB demodulator
DVB-S/C/T: DVB-S/C/T:
- dst : TwinHan DST Frontend - dst : TwinHan DST Frontend
ATSC:
- nxt200x : Nxtwave NXT2002 & NXT2004
- or51211 : or51211 based (pcHDTV HD2000 card)
- or51132 : or51132 based (pcHDTV HD3000 card)
- bcm3510 : Broadcom BCM3510
- lgdt330x : LG Electronics DT3302 & DT3303
o Cards based on the Phillips saa7146 multimedia PCI bridge chip: o Cards based on the Phillips saa7146 multimedia PCI bridge chip:
@ -62,6 +68,10 @@ o Cards based on the Conexant Bt8xx PCI bridge:
- Nebula Electronics DigiTV - Nebula Electronics DigiTV
- TwinHan DST - TwinHan DST
- Avermedia DVB-T - Avermedia DVB-T
- ChainTech digitop DST-1000 DVB-S
- pcHDTV HD-2000 TV
- DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite
- DViCO FusionHDTV5 Lite
o Technotrend / Hauppauge DVB USB devices: o Technotrend / Hauppauge DVB USB devices:
- Nova USB - Nova USB
@ -83,3 +93,30 @@ o DiBcom DVB-T USB based devices:
- DiBcom USB2.0 DVB-T reference device (non-public) - DiBcom USB2.0 DVB-T reference device (non-public)
o Experimental support for the analog module of the Siemens DVB-C PCI card o Experimental support for the analog module of the Siemens DVB-C PCI card
o Cards based on the Conexant cx2388x PCI bridge:
- ADS Tech Instant TV DVB-T PCI
- ATI HDTV Wonder
- digitalnow DNTV Live! DVB-T
- DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T1
- DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Plus
- DViCO FusionHDTV3 Gold-Q
- DViCO FusionHDTV3 Gold-T
- DViCO FusionHDTV5 Gold
- Hauppauge Nova-T DVB-T
- KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T
- pcHDTV HD3000 HDTV
- TerraTec Cinergy 1400 DVB-T
- WinFast DTV1000-T
o Cards based on the Phillips saa7134 PCI bridge:
- Medion 7134
- Pinnacle PCTV 300i DVB-T + PAL
- LifeView FlyDVB-T DUO
- Typhoon DVB-T Duo Digital/Analog Cardbus
- Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design
- Philips EUROPA V3 reference design
- Compro Videomate DVB-T300
- Compro Videomate DVB-T200
- AVerMedia AVerTVHD MCE A180

17
Documentation/dvb/contributors.txt
View File

@ -75,5 +75,22 @@ Ernst Peinlich <e.peinlich@inode.at>
Peter Beutner <p.beutner@gmx.net> Peter Beutner <p.beutner@gmx.net>
for the IR code for the ttusb-dec driver for the IR code for the ttusb-dec driver
Wilson Michaels <wilsonmichaels@earthlink.net>
for the lgdt330x frontend driver, and various bugfixes
Michael Krufky <mkrufky@m1k.net>
for maintaining v4l/dvb inter-tree dependencies
Taylor Jacob <rtjacob@earthlink.net>
for the nxt2002 frontend driver
Jean-Francois Thibert <jeanfrancois@sagetv.com>
for the nxt2004 frontend driver
Kirk Lapray <kirk.lapray@gmail.com>
for the or51211 and or51132 frontend drivers, and
for merging the nxt2002 and nxt2004 modules into a
single nxt200x frontend driver.
(If you think you should be in this list, but you are not, drop a (If you think you should be in this list, but you are not, drop a
line to the DVB mailing list) line to the DVB mailing list)

19
Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware
View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ use File::Temp qw/ tempdir /;
use IO::Handle; use IO::Handle;
@components = ( "sp8870", "sp887x", "tda10045", "tda10046", "av7110", "dec2000t", @components = ( "sp8870", "sp887x", "tda10045", "tda10046", "av7110", "dec2000t",
"dec2540t", "dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "dec2540t", "dec3000s", "vp7041", "dibusb", "nxt2002", "nxt2004",
"or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb"); "or51211", "or51132_qam", "or51132_vsb");
# Check args # Check args
@ -252,6 +252,23 @@ sub nxt2002 {
$outfile; $outfile;
} }
sub nxt2004 {
my $sourcefile = "AVerTVHD_MCE_A180_Drv_v1.2.2.16.zip";
my $url = "http://www.aver.com/support/Drivers/$sourcefile";
my $hash = "111cb885b1e009188346d72acfed024c";
my $outfile = "dvb-fe-nxt2004.fw";
my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1);
checkstandard();
wgetfile($sourcefile, $url);
unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir);
verify("$tmpdir/3xHybrid.sys", $hash);
extract("$tmpdir/3xHybrid.sys", 465304, 9584, $outfile);
$outfile;
}
sub or51211 { sub or51211 {
my $fwfile = "dvb-fe-or51211.fw"; my $fwfile = "dvb-fe-or51211.fw";
my $url = "http://linuxtv.org/downloads/firmware/$fwfile"; my $url = "http://linuxtv.org/downloads/firmware/$fwfile";

152
Documentation/fb/fbcon.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
The Framebuffer Console
=======================
The framebuffer console (fbcon), as its name implies, is a text
console running on top of the framebuffer device. It has the functionality of
any standard text console driver, such as the VGA console, with the added
features that can be attributed to the graphical nature of the framebuffer.
In the x86 architecture, the framebuffer console is optional, and
some even treat it as a toy. For other architectures, it is the only available
display device, text or graphical.
What are the features of fbcon? The framebuffer console supports
high resolutions, varying font types, display rotation, primitive multihead,
etc. Theoretically, multi-colored fonts, blending, aliasing, and any feature
made available by the underlying graphics card are also possible.
A. Configuration
The framebuffer console can be enabled by using your favorite kernel
configuration tool. It is under Device Drivers->Graphics Support->Support for
framebuffer devices->Framebuffer Console Support. Select 'y' to compile
support statically, or 'm' for module support. The module will be fbcon.
In order for fbcon to activate, at least one framebuffer driver is
required, so choose from any of the numerous drivers available. For x86
systems, they almost universally have VGA cards, so vga16fb and vesafb will
always be available. However, using a chipset-specific driver will give you
more speed and features, such as the ability to change the video mode
dynamically.
To display the penguin logo, choose any logo available in Logo
Configuration->Boot up logo.
Also, you will need to select at least one compiled-in fonts, but if
you don't do anything, the kernel configuration tool will select one for you,
usually an 8x16 font.
GOTCHA: A common bug report is enabling the framebuffer without enabling the
framebuffer console. Depending on the driver, you may get a blanked or
garbled display, but the system still boots to completion. If you are
fortunate to have a driver that does not alter the graphics chip, then you
will still get a VGA console.
B. Loading
Possible scenarios:
1. Driver and fbcon are compiled statically
Usually, fbcon will automatically take over your console. The notable
exception is vesafb. It needs to be explicitly activated with the
vga= boot option parameter.
2. Driver is compiled statically, fbcon is compiled as a module
Depending on the driver, you either get a standard console, or a
garbled display, as mentioned above. To get a framebuffer console,
do a 'modprobe fbcon'.
3. Driver is compiled as a module, fbcon is compiled statically
You get your standard console. Once the driver is loaded with
'modprobe xxxfb', fbcon automatically takes over the console with
the possible exception of using the fbcon=map:n option. See below.
4. Driver and fbcon are compiled as a module.
You can load them in any order. Once both are loaded, fbcon will take
over the console.
C. Boot options
The framebuffer console has several, largely unknown, boot options
that can change its behavior.
1. fbcon=font:<name>
Select the initial font to use. The value 'name' can be any of the
compiled-in fonts: VGA8x16, 7x14, 10x18, VGA8x8, MINI4x6, RomanLarge,
SUN8x16, SUN12x22, ProFont6x11, Acorn8x8, PEARL8x8.
Note, not all drivers can handle font with widths not divisible by 8,
such as vga16fb.
2. fbcon=scrollback:<value>[k]
The scrollback buffer is memory that is used to preserve display
contents that has already scrolled past your view. This is accessed
by using the Shift-PageUp key combination. The value 'value' is any
integer. It defaults to 32KB. The 'k' suffix is optional, and will
multiply the 'value' by 1024.
3. fbcon=map:<0123>
This is an interesting option. It tells which driver gets mapped to
which console. The value '0123' is a sequence that gets repeated until
the total length is 64 which is the number of consoles available. In
the above example, it is expanded to 012301230123... and the mapping
will be:
tty | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ...
fb | 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 ...
('cat /proc/fb' should tell you what the fb numbers are)
One side effect that may be useful is using a map value that exceeds
the number of loaded fb drivers. For example, if only one driver is
available, fb0, adding fbcon=map:1 tells fbcon not to take over the
console.
Later on, when you want to map the console the to the framebuffer
device, you can use the con2fbmap utility.
4. fbcon=vc:<n1>-<n2>
This option tells fbcon to take over only a range of consoles as
specified by the values 'n1' and 'n2'. The rest of the consoles
outside the given range will still be controlled by the standard
console driver.
NOTE: For x86 machines, the standard console is the VGA console which
is typically located on the same video card. Thus, the consoles that
are controlled by the VGA console will be garbled.
4. fbcon=rotate:<n>
This option changes the orientation angle of the console display. The
value 'n' accepts the following:
0 - normal orientation (0 degree)
1 - clockwise orientation (90 degrees)
2 - upside down orientation (180 degrees)
3 - counterclockwise orientation (270 degrees)
The angle can be changed anytime afterwards by 'echoing' the same
numbers to any one of the 2 attributes found in
/sys/class/graphics/fb{x}
con_rotate - rotate the display of the active console
con_rotate_all - rotate the display of all consoles
Console rotation will only become available if Console Rotation
Support is compiled in your kernel.
NOTE: This is purely console rotation. Any other applications that
use the framebuffer will remain at their 'normal'orientation.
Actually, the underlying fb driver is totally ignorant of console
rotation.
---
Antonino Daplas <adaplas@pol.net>

4
Documentation/fb/vesafb.txt
View File

@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ pmipal Use the protected mode interface for palette changes.
mtrr:n setup memory type range registers for the vesafb framebuffer mtrr:n setup memory type range registers for the vesafb framebuffer
where n: where n:
0 - disabled (equivalent to nomtrr) 0 - disabled (equivalent to nomtrr) (default)
1 - uncachable 1 - uncachable
2 - write-back 2 - write-back
3 - write-combining (default) 3 - write-combining
4 - write-through 4 - write-through
If you see the following in dmesg, choose the type that matches the If you see the following in dmesg, choose the type that matches the

45
Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
View File

@ -25,6 +25,13 @@ Who: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
--------------------------- ---------------------------
What: drivers depending on OBSOLETE_OSS_DRIVER
When: January 2006
Why: OSS drivers with ALSA replacements
Who: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
---------------------------
What: RCU API moves to EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL What: RCU API moves to EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL
When: April 2006 When: April 2006
Files: include/linux/rcupdate.h, kernel/rcupdate.c Files: include/linux/rcupdate.h, kernel/rcupdate.c
@ -60,6 +67,21 @@ Who: Jody McIntyre <scjody@steamballoon.com>
--------------------------- ---------------------------
What: Video4Linux API 1 ioctls and video_decoder.h from Video devices.
When: July 2006
Why: V4L1 AP1 was replaced by V4L2 API. during migration from 2.4 to 2.6
series. The old API have lots of drawbacks and don't provide enough
means to work with all video and audio standards. The newer API is
already available on the main drivers and should be used instead.
Newer drivers should use v4l_compat_translate_ioctl function to handle
old calls, replacing to newer ones.
Decoder iocts are using internally to allow video drivers to
communicate with video decoders. This should also be improved to allow
V4L2 calls being translated into compatible internal ioctls.
Who: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@brturbo.com.br>
---------------------------
What: i2c sysfs name change: in1_ref, vid deprecated in favour of cpu0_vid What: i2c sysfs name change: in1_ref, vid deprecated in favour of cpu0_vid
When: November 2005 When: November 2005
Files: drivers/i2c/chips/adm1025.c, drivers/i2c/chips/adm1026.c Files: drivers/i2c/chips/adm1025.c, drivers/i2c/chips/adm1026.c
@ -69,6 +91,22 @@ Who: Grant Coady <gcoady@gmail.com>
--------------------------- ---------------------------
What: remove EXPORT_SYMBOL(panic_timeout)
When: April 2006
Files: kernel/panic.c
Why: No modular usage in the kernel.
Who: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
---------------------------
What: remove EXPORT_SYMBOL(insert_resource)
When: April 2006
Files: kernel/resource.c
Why: No modular usage in the kernel.
Who: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de>
---------------------------
What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl]) What: PCMCIA control ioctl (needed for pcmcia-cs [cardmgr, cardctl])
When: November 2005 When: November 2005
Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c Files: drivers/pcmcia/: pcmcia_ioctl.c
@ -95,3 +133,10 @@ Why: This interface has been obsoleted by the new layer3-independent
to link against API-compatible library on top of libnfnetlink_queue to link against API-compatible library on top of libnfnetlink_queue
instead of the current 'libipq'. instead of the current 'libipq'.
Who: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org> Who: Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org>
---------------------------
What: EXPORT_SYMBOL(lookup_hash)
When: January 2006
Why: Too low-level interface. Use lookup_one_len or lookup_create instead.
Who: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>

173
Documentation/filesystems/dentry-locking.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
RCU-based dcache locking model
==============================
On many workloads, the most common operation on dcache is to look up a
dentry, given a parent dentry and the name of the child. Typically,
for every open(), stat() etc., the dentry corresponding to the
pathname will be looked up by walking the tree starting with the first
component of the pathname and using that dentry along with the next
component to look up the next level and so on. Since it is a frequent
operation for workloads like multiuser environments and web servers,
it is important to optimize this path.
Prior to 2.5.10, dcache_lock was acquired in d_lookup and thus in
every component during path look-up. Since 2.5.10 onwards, fast-walk
algorithm changed this by holding the dcache_lock at the beginning and
walking as many cached path component dentries as possible. This
significantly decreases the number of acquisition of
dcache_lock. However it also increases the lock hold time
significantly and affects performance in large SMP machines. Since
2.5.62 kernel, dcache has been using a new locking model that uses RCU
to make dcache look-up lock-free.
The current dcache locking model is not very different from the
existing dcache locking model. Prior to 2.5.62 kernel, dcache_lock
protected the hash chain, d_child, d_alias, d_lru lists as well as
d_inode and several other things like mount look-up. RCU-based changes
affect only the way the hash chain is protected. For everything else
the dcache_lock must be taken for both traversing as well as
updating. The hash chain updates too take the dcache_lock. The
significant change is the way d_lookup traverses the hash chain, it
doesn't acquire the dcache_lock for this and rely on RCU to ensure
that the dentry has not been *freed*.
Dcache locking details
======================
For many multi-user workloads, open() and stat() on files are very
frequently occurring operations. Both involve walking of path names to
find the dentry corresponding to the concerned file. In 2.4 kernel,
dcache_lock was held during look-up of each path component. Contention
and cache-line bouncing of this global lock caused significant
scalability problems. With the introduction of RCU in Linux kernel,
this was worked around by making the look-up of path components during
path walking lock-free.
Safe lock-free look-up of dcache hash table
===========================================
Dcache is a complex data structure with the hash table entries also
linked together in other lists. In 2.4 kernel, dcache_lock protected
all the lists. We applied RCU only on hash chain walking. The rest of
the lists are still protected by dcache_lock. Some of the important
changes are :
1. The deletion from hash chain is done using hlist_del_rcu() macro
which doesn't initialize next pointer of the deleted dentry and
this allows us to walk safely lock-free while a deletion is
happening.
2. Insertion of a dentry into the hash table is done using
hlist_add_head_rcu() which take care of ordering the writes - the
writes to the dentry must be visible before the dentry is
inserted. This works in conjunction with hlist_for_each_rcu() while
walking the hash chain. The only requirement is that all
initialization to the dentry must be done before
hlist_add_head_rcu() since we don't have dcache_lock protection
while traversing the hash chain. This isn't different from the
existing code.
3. The dentry looked up without holding dcache_lock by cannot be
returned for walking if it is unhashed. It then may have a NULL
d_inode or other bogosity since RCU doesn't protect the other
fields in the dentry. We therefore use a flag DCACHE_UNHASHED to
indicate unhashed dentries and use this in conjunction with a
per-dentry lock (d_lock). Once looked up without the dcache_lock,
we acquire the per-dentry lock (d_lock) and check if the dentry is
unhashed. If so, the look-up is failed. If not, the reference count
of the dentry is increased and the dentry is returned.
4. Once a dentry is looked up, it must be ensured during the path walk
for that component it doesn't go away. In pre-2.5.10 code, this was
done holding a reference to the dentry. dcache_rcu does the same.
In some sense, dcache_rcu path walking looks like the pre-2.5.10
version.
5. All dentry hash chain updates must take the dcache_lock as well as
the per-dentry lock in that order. dput() does this to ensure that
a dentry that has just been looked up in another CPU doesn't get
deleted before dget() can be done on it.
6. There are several ways to do reference counting of RCU protected
objects. One such example is in ipv4 route cache where deferred
freeing (using call_rcu()) is done as soon as the reference count
goes to zero. This cannot be done in the case of dentries because
tearing down of dentries require blocking (dentry_iput()) which
isn't supported from RCU callbacks. Instead, tearing down of
dentries happen synchronously in dput(), but actual freeing happens
later when RCU grace period is over. This allows safe lock-free
walking of the hash chains, but a matched dentry may have been
partially torn down. The checking of DCACHE_UNHASHED flag with
d_lock held detects such dentries and prevents them from being
returned from look-up.
Maintaining POSIX rename semantics
==================================
Since look-up of dentries is lock-free, it can race against a
concurrent rename operation. For example, during rename of file A to
B, look-up of either A or B must succeed. So, if look-up of B happens
after A has been removed from the hash chain but not added to the new
hash chain, it may fail. Also, a comparison while the name is being
written concurrently by a rename may result in false positive matches
violating rename semantics. Issues related to race with rename are
handled as described below :
1. Look-up can be done in two ways - d_lookup() which is safe from
simultaneous renames and __d_lookup() which is not. If
__d_lookup() fails, it must be followed up by a d_lookup() to
correctly determine whether a dentry is in the hash table or
not. d_lookup() protects look-ups using a sequence lock
(rename_lock).
2. The name associated with a dentry (d_name) may be changed if a
rename is allowed to happen simultaneously. To avoid memcmp() in
__d_lookup() go out of bounds due to a rename and false positive
comparison, the name comparison is done while holding the
per-dentry lock. This prevents concurrent renames during this
operation.
3. Hash table walking during look-up may move to a different bucket as
the current dentry is moved to a different bucket due to rename.
But we use hlists in dcache hash table and they are
null-terminated. So, even if a dentry moves to a different bucket,
hash chain walk will terminate. [with a list_head list, it may not
since termination is when the list_head in the original bucket is
reached]. Since we redo the d_parent check and compare name while
holding d_lock, lock-free look-up will not race against d_move().
4. There can be a theoretical race when a dentry keeps coming back to
original bucket due to double moves. Due to this look-up may
consider that it has never moved and can end up in a infinite loop.
But this is not any worse that theoretical livelocks we already
have in the kernel.
Important guidelines for filesystem developers related to dcache_rcu
====================================================================
1. Existing dcache interfaces (pre-2.5.62) exported to filesystem
don't change. Only dcache internal implementation changes. However
filesystems *must not* delete from the dentry hash chains directly
using the list macros like allowed earlier. They must use dcache
APIs like d_drop() or __d_drop() depending on the situation.
2. d_flags is now protected by a per-dentry lock (d_lock). All access
to d_flags must be protected by it.
3. For a hashed dentry, checking of d_count needs to be protected by
d_lock.
Papers and other documentation on dcache locking
================================================
1. Scaling dcache with RCU (http://linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=7124).
2. http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/dcache/dcache.html

5
Documentation/filesystems/devfs/README
View File

@ -1812,11 +1812,6 @@ it may overflow the messages buffer, but try to get as much of it as
you can you can
if you get an Oops, run ksymoops to decode it so that the
names of the offending functions are provided. A non-decoded Oops is
pretty useless
send a copy of your devfsd configuration file(s) send a copy of your devfsd configuration file(s)
send the bug report to me first. send the bug report to me first.

2
Documentation/filesystems/ext2.txt
View File

@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ set using tune2fs(8). Kernel-determined defaults are indicated by (*).
bsddf (*) Makes `df' act like BSD. bsddf (*) Makes `df' act like BSD.
minixdf Makes `df' act like Minix. minixdf Makes `df' act like Minix.
check Check block and inode bitmaps at mount time
(requires CONFIG_EXT2_CHECK).
check=none, nocheck (*) Don't do extra checking of bitmaps on mount check=none, nocheck (*) Don't do extra checking of bitmaps on mount
(check=normal and check=strict options removed) (check=normal and check=strict options removed)

195
Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
ramfs, rootfs and initramfs
October 17, 2005
Rob Landley <rob@landley.net>
=============================
What is ramfs?
--------------
Ramfs is a very simple filesystem that exports Linux's disk caching
mechanisms (the page cache and dentry cache) as a dynamically resizable
ram-based filesystem.
Normally all files are cached in memory by Linux. Pages of data read from
backing store (usually the block device the filesystem is mounted on) are kept
around in case it's needed again, but marked as clean (freeable) in case the
Virtual Memory system needs the memory for something else. Similarly, data
written to files is marked clean as soon as it has been written to backing
store, but kept around for caching purposes until the VM reallocates the
memory. A similar mechanism (the dentry cache) greatly speeds up access to
directories.
With ramfs, there is no backing store. Files written into ramfs allocate
dentries and page cache as usual, but there's nowhere to write them to.
This means the pages are never marked clean, so they can't be freed by the
VM when it's looking to recycle memory.
The amount of code required to implement ramfs is tiny, because all the
work is done by the existing Linux caching infrastructure. Basically,
you're mounting the disk cache as a filesystem. Because of this, ramfs is not
an optional component removable via menuconfig, since there would be negligible
space savings.
ramfs and ramdisk:
------------------
The older "ram disk" mechanism created a synthetic block device out of
an area of ram and used it as backing store for a filesystem. This block
device was of fixed size, so the filesystem mounted on it was of fixed
size. Using a ram disk also required unnecessarily copying memory from the
fake block device into the page cache (and copying changes back out), as well
as creating and destroying dentries. Plus it needed a filesystem driver
(such as ext2) to format and interpret this data.
Compared to ramfs, this wastes memory (and memory bus bandwidth), creates
unnecessary work for the CPU, and pollutes the CPU caches. (There are tricks
to avoid this copying by playing with the page tables, but they're unpleasantly
complicated and turn out to be about as expensive as the copying anyway.)
More to the point, all the work ramfs is doing has to happen _anyway_,
since all file access goes through the page and dentry caches. The ram
disk is simply unnecessary, ramfs is internally much simpler.
Another reason ramdisks are semi-obsolete is that the introduction of
loopback devices offered a more flexible and convenient way to create
synthetic block devices, now from files instead of from chunks of memory.
See losetup (8) for details.
ramfs and tmpfs:
----------------
One downside of ramfs is you can keep writing data into it until you fill
up all memory, and the VM can't free it because the VM thinks that files
should get written to backing store (rather than swap space), but ramfs hasn't
got any backing store. Because of this, only root (or a trusted user) should
be allowed write access to a ramfs mount.
A ramfs derivative called tmpfs was created to add size limits, and the ability
to write the data to swap space. Normal users can be allowed write access to
tmpfs mounts. See Documentation/filesystems/tmpfs.txt for more information.
What is rootfs?
---------------
Rootfs is a special instance of ramfs, which is always present in 2.6 systems.
(It's used internally as the starting and stopping point for searches of the
kernel's doubly-linked list of mount points.)
Most systems just mount another filesystem over it and ignore it. The
amount of space an empty instance of ramfs takes up is tiny.
What is initramfs?
------------------
All 2.6 Linux kernels contain a gzipped "cpio" format archive, which is
extracted into rootfs when the kernel boots up. After extracting, the kernel
checks to see if rootfs contains a file "init", and if so it executes it as PID
1. If found, this init process is responsible for bringing the system the
rest of the way up, including locating and mounting the real root device (if
any). If rootfs does not contain an init program after the embedded cpio
archive is extracted into it, the kernel will fall through to the older code
to locate and mount a root partition, then exec some variant of /sbin/init
out of that.
All this differs from the old initrd in several ways:
- The old initrd was a separate file, while the initramfs archive is linked
into the linux kernel image. (The directory linux-*/usr is devoted to
generating this archive during the build.)
- The old initrd file was a gzipped filesystem image (in some file format,
such as ext2, that had to be built into the kernel), while the new
initramfs archive is a gzipped cpio archive (like tar only simpler,
see cpio(1) and Documentation/early-userspace/buffer-format.txt).
- The program run by the old initrd (which was called /initrd, not /init) did
some setup and then returned to the kernel, while the init program from
initramfs is not expected to return to the kernel. (If /init needs to hand
off control it can overmount / with a new root device and exec another init
program. See the switch_root utility, below.)
- When switching another root device, initrd would pivot_root and then
umount the ramdisk. But initramfs is rootfs: you can neither pivot_root
rootfs, nor unmount it. Instead delete everything out of rootfs to
free up the space (find -xdev / -exec rm '{}' ';'), overmount rootfs
with the new root (cd /newmount; mount --move . /; chroot .), attach
stdin/stdout/stderr to the new /dev/console, and exec the new init.
Since this is a remarkably persnickity process (and involves deleting
commands before you can run them), the klibc package introduced a helper
program (utils/run_init.c) to do all this for you. Most other packages
(such as busybox) have named this command "switch_root".
Populating initramfs:
---------------------
The 2.6 kernel build process always creates a gzipped cpio format initramfs
archive and links it into the resulting kernel binary. By default, this
archive is empty (consuming 134 bytes on x86). The config option
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE (for some reason buried under devices->block devices
in menuconfig, and living in usr/Kconfig) can be used to specify a source for
the initramfs archive, which will automatically be incorporated into the
resulting binary. This option can point to an existing gzipped cpio archive, a
directory containing files to be archived, or a text file specification such
as the following example:
dir /dev 755 0 0
nod /dev/console 644 0 0 c 5 1
nod /dev/loop0 644 0 0 b 7 0
dir /bin 755 1000 1000
slink /bin/sh busybox 777 0 0
file /bin/busybox initramfs/busybox 755 0 0
dir /proc 755 0 0
dir /sys 755 0 0
dir /mnt 755 0 0
file /init initramfs/init.sh 755 0 0
One advantage of the text file is that root access is not required to
set permissions or create device nodes in the new archive. (Note that those
two example "file" entries expect to find files named "init.sh" and "busybox" in
a directory called "initramfs", under the linux-2.6.* directory. See
Documentation/early-userspace/README for more details.)
If you don't already understand what shared libraries, devices, and paths
you need to get a minimal root filesystem up and running, here are some
references:
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/Bootdisk-HOWTO/
http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/From-PowerUp-To-Bash-Prompt-HOWTO.html
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/lfs/view/stable/
The "klibc" package (http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/klibc) is
designed to be a tiny C library to statically link early userspace
code against, along with some related utilities. It is BSD licensed.
I use uClibc (http://www.uclibc.org) and busybox (http://www.busybox.net)
myself. These are LGPL and GPL, respectively.
In theory you could use glibc, but that's not well suited for small embedded
uses like this. (A "hello world" program statically linked against glibc is
over 400k. With uClibc it's 7k. Also note that glibc dlopens libnss to do
name lookups, even when otherwise statically linked.)
Future directions:
------------------
Today (2.6.14), initramfs is always compiled in, but not always used. The
kernel falls back to legacy boot code that is reached only if initramfs does
not contain an /init program. The fallback is legacy code, there to ensure a
smooth transition and allowing early boot functionality to gradually move to
"early userspace" (I.E. initramfs).
The move to early userspace is necessary because finding and mounting the real
root device is complex. Root partitions can span multiple devices (raid or
separate journal). They can be out on the network (requiring dhcp, setting a
specific mac address, logging into a server, etc). They can live on removable
media, with dynamically allocated major/minor numbers and persistent naming
issues requiring a full udev implementation to sort out. They can be
compressed, encrypted, copy-on-write, loopback mounted, strangely partitioned,
and so on.
This kind of complexity (which inevitably includes policy) is rightly handled
in userspace. Both klibc and busybox/uClibc are working on simple initramfs
packages to drop into a kernel build, and when standard solutions are ready
and widely deployed, the kernel's legacy early boot code will become obsolete
and a candidate for the feature removal schedule.
But that's a while off yet.

414
Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
View File

@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
Original author: Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au> Original author: Richard Gooch <rgooch@atnf.csiro.au>
Last updated on August 25, 2005 Last updated on October 28, 2005
Copyright (C) 1999 Richard Gooch Copyright (C) 1999 Richard Gooch
Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Enberg Copyright (C) 2005 Pekka Enberg
@ -11,62 +11,61 @@
This file is released under the GPLv2. This file is released under the GPLv2.
What is it? Introduction
=========== ============
The Virtual File System (otherwise known as the Virtual Filesystem The Virtual File System (also known as the Virtual Filesystem Switch)
Switch) is the software layer in the kernel that provides the is the software layer in the kernel that provides the filesystem
filesystem interface to userspace programs. It also provides an interface to userspace programs. It also provides an abstraction
abstraction within the kernel which allows different filesystem within the kernel which allows different filesystem implementations to
implementations to coexist. coexist.
VFS system calls open(2), stat(2), read(2), write(2), chmod(2) and so
on are called from a process context. Filesystem locking is described
in the document Documentation/filesystems/Locking.
A Quick Look At How It Works Directory Entry Cache (dcache)
============================ ------------------------------
In this section I'll briefly describe how things work, before The VFS implements the open(2), stat(2), chmod(2), and similar system
launching into the details. I'll start with describing what happens calls. The pathname argument that is passed to them is used by the VFS
when user programs open and manipulate files, and then look from the to search through the directory entry cache (also known as the dentry
other view which is how a filesystem is supported and subsequently cache or dcache). This provides a very fast look-up mechanism to
mounted. translate a pathname (filename) into a specific dentry. Dentries live
in RAM and are never saved to disc: they exist only for performance.
The dentry cache is meant to be a view into your entire filespace. As
most computers cannot fit all dentries in the RAM at the same time,
some bits of the cache are missing. In order to resolve your pathname
into a dentry, the VFS may have to resort to creating dentries along
the way, and then loading the inode. This is done by looking up the
inode.
Opening a File The Inode Object
-------------- ----------------
The VFS implements the open(2), stat(2), chmod(2) and similar system An individual dentry usually has a pointer to an inode. Inodes are
calls. The pathname argument is used by the VFS to search through the filesystem objects such as regular files, directories, FIFOs and other
directory entry cache (dentry cache or "dcache"). This provides a very beasts. They live either on the disc (for block device filesystems)
fast look-up mechanism to translate a pathname (filename) into a or in the memory (for pseudo filesystems). Inodes that live on the
specific dentry. disc are copied into the memory when required and changes to the inode
are written back to disc. A single inode can be pointed to by multiple
dentries (hard links, for example, do this).
An individual dentry usually has a pointer to an inode. Inodes are the To look up an inode requires that the VFS calls the lookup() method of
things that live on disc drives, and can be regular files (you know: the parent directory inode. This method is installed by the specific
those things that you write data into), directories, FIFOs and other filesystem implementation that the inode lives in. Once the VFS has
beasts. Dentries live in RAM and are never saved to disc: they exist the required dentry (and hence the inode), we can do all those boring
only for performance. Inodes live on disc and are copied into memory things like open(2) the file, or stat(2) it to peek at the inode
when required. Later any changes are written back to disc. The inode data. The stat(2) operation is fairly simple: once the VFS has the
that lives in RAM is a VFS inode, and it is this which the dentry dentry, it peeks at the inode data and passes some of it back to
points to. A single inode can be pointed to by multiple dentries userspace.
(think about hardlinks).
The dcache is meant to be a view into your entire filespace. Unlike
Linus, most of us losers can't fit enough dentries into RAM to cover
all of our filespace, so the dcache has bits missing. In order to
resolve your pathname into a dentry, the VFS may have to resort to
creating dentries along the way, and then loading the inode. This is
done by looking up the inode.
To look up an inode (usually read from disc) requires that the VFS The File Object
calls the lookup() method of the parent directory inode. This method ---------------
is installed by the specific filesystem implementation that the inode
lives in. There will be more on this later.
Once the VFS has the required dentry (and hence the inode), we can do
all those boring things like open(2) the file, or stat(2) it to peek
at the inode data. The stat(2) operation is fairly simple: once the
VFS has the dentry, it peeks at the inode data and passes some of it
back to userspace.
Opening a file requires another operation: allocation of a file Opening a file requires another operation: allocation of a file
structure (this is the kernel-side implementation of file structure (this is the kernel-side implementation of file
@ -74,51 +73,39 @@ descriptors). The freshly allocated file structure is initialized with
a pointer to the dentry and a set of file operation member functions. a pointer to the dentry and a set of file operation member functions.
These are taken from the inode data. The open() file method is then These are taken from the inode data. The open() file method is then
called so the specific filesystem implementation can do it's work. You called so the specific filesystem implementation can do it's work. You
can see that this is another switch performed by the VFS. can see that this is another switch performed by the VFS. The file
structure is placed into the file descriptor table for the process.
The file structure is placed into the file descriptor table for the
process.
Reading, writing and closing files (and other assorted VFS operations) Reading, writing and closing files (and other assorted VFS operations)
is done by using the userspace file descriptor to grab the appropriate is done by using the userspace file descriptor to grab the appropriate
file structure, and then calling the required file structure method file structure, and then calling the required file structure method to
function to do whatever is required. do whatever is required. For as long as the file is open, it keeps the
dentry in use, which in turn means that the VFS inode is still in use.
For as long as the file is open, it keeps the dentry "open" (in use),
which in turn means that the VFS inode is still in use.
All VFS system calls (i.e. open(2), stat(2), read(2), write(2),
chmod(2) and so on) are called from a process context. You should
assume that these calls are made without any kernel locks being
held. This means that the processes may be executing the same piece of
filesystem or driver code at the same time, on different
processors. You should ensure that access to shared resources is
protected by appropriate locks.
Registering and Mounting a Filesystem Registering and Mounting a Filesystem
------------------------------------- =====================================
If you want to support a new kind of filesystem in the kernel, all you To register and unregister a filesystem, use the following API
need to do is call register_filesystem(). You pass a structure functions:
describing the filesystem implementation (struct file_system_type)
which is then added to an internal table of supported filesystems. You
can do:
% cat /proc/filesystems #include <linux/fs.h>
to see what filesystems are currently available on your system. extern int register_filesystem(struct file_system_type *);
extern int unregister_filesystem(struct file_system_type *);
When a request is made to mount a block device onto a directory in The passed struct file_system_type describes your filesystem. When a
your filespace the VFS will call the appropriate method for the request is made to mount a device onto a directory in your filespace,
specific filesystem. The dentry for the mount point will then be the VFS will call the appropriate get_sb() method for the specific
updated to point to the root inode for the new filesystem. filesystem. The dentry for the mount point will then be updated to
point to the root inode for the new filesystem.
It's now time to look at things in more detail. You can see all filesystems that are registered to the kernel in the
file /proc/filesystems.
struct file_system_type struct file_system_type
======================= -----------------------
This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following This describes the filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following
members are defined: members are defined:
@ -197,8 +184,14 @@ A fill_super() method implementation has the following arguments:
int silent: whether or not to be silent on error int silent: whether or not to be silent on error
The Superblock Object
=====================
A superblock object represents a mounted filesystem.
struct super_operations struct super_operations
======================= -----------------------
This describes how the VFS can manipulate the superblock of your This describes how the VFS can manipulate the superblock of your
filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined: filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
@ -286,9 +279,9 @@ or bottom half).
a superblock. The second parameter indicates whether the method a superblock. The second parameter indicates whether the method
should wait until the write out has been completed. Optional. should wait until the write out has been completed. Optional.
write_super_lockfs: called when VFS is locking a filesystem and forcing write_super_lockfs: called when VFS is locking a filesystem and
it into a consistent state. This function is currently used by the forcing it into a consistent state. This method is currently
Logical Volume Manager (LVM). used by the Logical Volume Manager (LVM).
unlockfs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable unlockfs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable
again. again.
@ -317,8 +310,14 @@ field. This is a pointer to a "struct inode_operations" which
describes the methods that can be performed on individual inodes. describes the methods that can be performed on individual inodes.
The Inode Object
================
An inode object represents an object within the filesystem.
struct inode_operations struct inode_operations
======================= -----------------------
This describes how the VFS can manipulate an inode in your This describes how the VFS can manipulate an inode in your
filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined: filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
@ -394,51 +393,62 @@ otherwise noted.
will probably need to call d_instantiate() just as you would will probably need to call d_instantiate() just as you would
in the create() method in the create() method
rename: called by the rename(2) system call to rename the object to
have the parent and name given by the second inode and dentry.
readlink: called by the readlink(2) system call. Only required if readlink: called by the readlink(2) system call. Only required if
you want to support reading symbolic links you want to support reading symbolic links
follow_link: called by the VFS to follow a symbolic link to the follow_link: called by the VFS to follow a symbolic link to the
inode it points to. Only required if you want to support inode it points to. Only required if you want to support
symbolic links. This function returns a void pointer cookie symbolic links. This method returns a void pointer cookie
that is passed to put_link(). that is passed to put_link().
put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by put_link: called by the VFS to release resources allocated by
follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed to follow_link(). The cookie returned by follow_link() is passed
to this function as the last parameter. It is used by filesystems to to this method as the last parameter. It is used by
such as NFS where page cache is not stable (i.e. page that was filesystems such as NFS where page cache is not stable
installed when the symbolic link walk started might not be in the (i.e. page that was installed when the symbolic link walk
page cache at the end of the walk). started might not be in the page cache at the end of the
walk).
truncate: called by the VFS to change the size of a file. The i_size truncate: called by the VFS to change the size of a file. The
field of the inode is set to the desired size by the VFS before i_size field of the inode is set to the desired size by the
this function is called. This function is called by the truncate(2) VFS before this method is called. This method is called by
system call and related functionality. the truncate(2) system call and related functionality.
permission: called by the VFS to check for access rights on a POSIX-like permission: called by the VFS to check for access rights on a POSIX-like
filesystem. filesystem.
setattr: called by the VFS to set attributes for a file. This function is setattr: called by the VFS to set attributes for a file. This method
called by chmod(2) and related system calls. is called by chmod(2) and related system calls.
getattr: called by the VFS to get attributes of a file. This function is getattr: called by the VFS to get attributes of a file. This method
called by stat(2) and related system calls. is called by stat(2) and related system calls.
setxattr: called by the VFS to set an extended attribute for a file. setxattr: called by the VFS to set an extended attribute for a file.
Extended attribute is a name:value pair associated with an inode. This Extended attribute is a name:value pair associated with an
function is called by setxattr(2) system call. inode. This method is called by setxattr(2) system call.
getxattr: called by the VFS to retrieve the value of an extended attribute getxattr: called by the VFS to retrieve the value of an extended
name. This function is called by getxattr(2) function call. attribute name. This method is called by getxattr(2) function
call.
listxattr: called by the VFS to list all extended attributes for a given listxattr: called by the VFS to list all extended attributes for a
file. This function is called by listxattr(2) system call. given file. This method is called by listxattr(2) system call.
removexattr: called by the VFS to remove an extended attribute from a file. removexattr: called by the VFS to remove an extended attribute from
This function is called by removexattr(2) system call. a file. This method is called by removexattr(2) system call.
The Address Space Object
========================
The address space object is used to identify pages in the page cache.
struct address_space_operations struct address_space_operations
=============================== -------------------------------
This describes how the VFS can manipulate mapping of a file to page cache in This describes how the VFS can manipulate mapping of a file to page cache in
your filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined: your filesystem. As of kernel 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
@ -502,8 +512,14 @@ struct address_space_operations {
it. An example implementation can be found in fs/ext2/xip.c. it. An example implementation can be found in fs/ext2/xip.c.
The File Object
===============
A file object represents a file opened by a process.
struct file_operations struct file_operations
====================== ----------------------
This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel
2.6.13, the following members are defined: 2.6.13, the following members are defined:
@ -661,7 +677,7 @@ of child dentries. Child dentries are basically like files in a
directory. directory.
Directory Entry Cache APIs Directory Entry Cache API
-------------------------- --------------------------
There are a number of functions defined which permit a filesystem to There are a number of functions defined which permit a filesystem to
@ -705,178 +721,24 @@ manipulate dentries:
and the dentry is returned. The caller must use d_put() and the dentry is returned. The caller must use d_put()
to free the dentry when it finishes using it. to free the dentry when it finishes using it.
For further information on dentry locking, please refer to the document
RCU-based dcache locking model Documentation/filesystems/dentry-locking.txt.
------------------------------
On many workloads, the most common operation on dcache is
to look up a dentry, given a parent dentry and the name
of the child. Typically, for every open(), stat() etc.,
the dentry corresponding to the pathname will be looked
up by walking the tree starting with the first component
of the pathname and using that dentry along with the next
component to look up the next level and so on. Since it
is a frequent operation for workloads like multiuser
environments and web servers, it is important to optimize
this path.
Prior to 2.5.10, dcache_lock was acquired in d_lookup and thus
in every component during path look-up. Since 2.5.10 onwards,
fast-walk algorithm changed this by holding the dcache_lock
at the beginning and walking as many cached path component
dentries as possible. This significantly decreases the number
of acquisition of dcache_lock. However it also increases the
lock hold time significantly and affects performance in large
SMP machines. Since 2.5.62 kernel, dcache has been using
a new locking model that uses RCU to make dcache look-up
lock-free.
The current dcache locking model is not very different from the existing
dcache locking model. Prior to 2.5.62 kernel, dcache_lock
protected the hash chain, d_child, d_alias, d_lru lists as well
as d_inode and several other things like mount look-up. RCU-based
changes affect only the way the hash chain is protected. For everything
else the dcache_lock must be taken for both traversing as well as
updating. The hash chain updates too take the dcache_lock.
The significant change is the way d_lookup traverses the hash chain,
it doesn't acquire the dcache_lock for this and rely on RCU to
ensure that the dentry has not been *freed*.
Dcache locking details Resources
---------------------- =========
For many multi-user workloads, open() and stat() on files are (Note some of these resources are not up-to-date with the latest kernel
very frequently occurring operations. Both involve walking version.)
of path names to find the dentry corresponding to the
concerned file. In 2.4 kernel, dcache_lock was held
during look-up of each path component. Contention and
cache-line bouncing of this global lock caused significant
scalability problems. With the introduction of RCU
in Linux kernel, this was worked around by making
the look-up of path components during path walking lock-free.
Creating Linux virtual filesystems. 2002
<http://lwn.net/Articles/13325/>
Safe lock-free look-up of dcache hash table The Linux Virtual File-system Layer by Neil Brown. 1999
=========================================== <http://www.cse.unsw.edu.au/~neilb/oss/linux-commentary/vfs.html>
Dcache is a complex data structure with the hash table entries A tour of the Linux VFS by Michael K. Johnson. 1996
also linked together in other lists. In 2.4 kernel, dcache_lock <http://www.tldp.org/LDP/khg/HyperNews/get/fs/vfstour.html>
protected all the lists. We applied RCU only on hash chain
walking. The rest of the lists are still protected by dcache_lock.
Some of the important changes are :
1. The deletion from hash chain is done using hlist_del_rcu() macro which A small trail through the Linux kernel by Andries Brouwer. 2001
doesn't initialize next pointer of the deleted dentry and this <http://www.win.tue.nl/~aeb/linux/vfs/trail.html>
allows us to walk safely lock-free while a deletion is happening.
2. Insertion of a dentry into the hash table is done using
hlist_add_head_rcu() which take care of ordering the writes -
the writes to the dentry must be visible before the dentry
is inserted. This works in conjunction with hlist_for_each_rcu()
while walking the hash chain. The only requirement is that
all initialization to the dentry must be done before hlist_add_head_rcu()
since we don't have dcache_lock protection while traversing
the hash chain. This isn't different from the existing code.
3. The dentry looked up without holding dcache_lock by cannot be
returned for walking if it is unhashed. It then may have a NULL
d_inode or other bogosity since RCU doesn't protect the other
fields in the dentry. We therefore use a flag DCACHE_UNHASHED to
indicate unhashed dentries and use this in conjunction with a
per-dentry lock (d_lock). Once looked up without the dcache_lock,
we acquire the per-dentry lock (d_lock) and check if the
dentry is unhashed. If so, the look-up is failed. If not, the
reference count of the dentry is increased and the dentry is returned.
4. Once a dentry is looked up, it must be ensured during the path
walk for that component it doesn't go away. In pre-2.5.10 code,
this was done holding a reference to the dentry. dcache_rcu does
the same. In some sense, dcache_rcu path walking looks like
the pre-2.5.10 version.
5. All dentry hash chain updates must take the dcache_lock as well as
the per-dentry lock in that order. dput() does this to ensure
that a dentry that has just been looked up in another CPU
doesn't get deleted before dget() can be done on it.
6. There are several ways to do reference counting of RCU protected
objects. One such example is in ipv4 route cache where
deferred freeing (using call_rcu()) is done as soon as
the reference count goes to zero. This cannot be done in
the case of dentries because tearing down of dentries
require blocking (dentry_iput()) which isn't supported from
RCU callbacks. Instead, tearing down of dentries happen
synchronously in dput(), but actual freeing happens later
when RCU grace period is over. This allows safe lock-free
walking of the hash chains, but a matched dentry may have
been partially torn down. The checking of DCACHE_UNHASHED
flag with d_lock held detects such dentries and prevents
them from being returned from look-up.
Maintaining POSIX rename semantics
==================================
Since look-up of dentries is lock-free, it can race against
a concurrent rename operation. For example, during rename
of file A to B, look-up of either A or B must succeed.
So, if look-up of B happens after A has been removed from the
hash chain but not added to the new hash chain, it may fail.
Also, a comparison while the name is being written concurrently
by a rename may result in false positive matches violating
rename semantics. Issues related to race with rename are
handled as described below :
1. Look-up can be done in two ways - d_lookup() which is safe
from simultaneous renames and __d_lookup() which is not.
If __d_lookup() fails, it must be followed up by a d_lookup()
to correctly determine whether a dentry is in the hash table
or not. d_lookup() protects look-ups using a sequence
lock (rename_lock).
2. The name associated with a dentry (d_name) may be changed if
a rename is allowed to happen simultaneously. To avoid memcmp()
in __d_lookup() go out of bounds due to a rename and false
positive comparison, the name comparison is done while holding the
per-dentry lock. This prevents concurrent renames during this
operation.
3. Hash table walking during look-up may move to a different bucket as
the current dentry is moved to a different bucket due to rename.
But we use hlists in dcache hash table and they are null-terminated.
So, even if a dentry moves to a different bucket, hash chain
walk will terminate. [with a list_head list, it may not since
termination is when the list_head in the original bucket is reached].
Since we redo the d_parent check and compare name while holding
d_lock, lock-free look-up will not race against d_move().
4. There can be a theoretical race when a dentry keeps coming back
to original bucket due to double moves. Due to this look-up may
consider that it has never moved and can end up in a infinite loop.
But this is not any worse that theoretical livelocks we already
have in the kernel.
Important guidelines for filesystem developers related to dcache_rcu
====================================================================
1. Existing dcache interfaces (pre-2.5.62) exported to filesystem
don't change. Only dcache internal implementation changes. However
filesystems *must not* delete from the dentry hash chains directly
using the list macros like allowed earlier. They must use dcache
APIs like d_drop() or __d_drop() depending on the situation.
2. d_flags is now protected by a per-dentry lock (d_lock). All
access to d_flags must be protected by it.
3. For a hashed dentry, checking of d_count needs to be protected
by d_lock.
Papers and other documentation on dcache locking
================================================
1. Scaling dcache with RCU (http://linuxjournal.com/article.php?sid=7124).
2. http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/dcache/dcache.html

142
Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
View File

@ -19,15 +19,43 @@ Mount Options
When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted. When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
biosize=size allocsize=size
Sets the preferred buffered I/O size (default size is 64K). Sets the buffered I/O end-of-file preallocation size when
"size" must be expressed as the logarithm (base2) of the doing delayed allocation writeout (default size is 64KiB).
desired I/O size. Valid values for this option are page size (typically 4KiB)
Valid values for this option are 14 through 16, inclusive through to 1GiB, inclusive, in power-of-2 increments.
(i.e. 16K, 32K, and 64K bytes). On machines with a 4K
pagesize, 13 (8K bytes) is also a valid size. attr2/noattr2
The preferred buffered I/O size can also be altered on an The options enable/disable (default is disabled for backward
individual file basis using the ioctl(2) system call. compatibility on-disk) an "opportunistic" improvement to be
made in the way inline extended attributes are stored on-disk.
When the new form is used for the first time (by setting or
removing extended attributes) the on-disk superblock feature
bit field will be updated to reflect this format being in use.
barrier
Enables the use of block layer write barriers for writes into
the journal and unwritten extent conversion. This allows for
drive level write caching to be enabled, for devices that
support write barriers.
dmapi
Enable the DMAPI (Data Management API) event callouts.
Use with the "mtpt" option.
grpid/bsdgroups and nogrpid/sysvgroups
These options define what group ID a newly created file gets.
When grpid is set, it takes the group ID of the directory in
which it is created; otherwise (the default) it takes the fsgid
of the current process, unless the directory has the setgid bit
set, in which case it takes the gid from the parent directory,
and also gets the setgid bit set if it is a directory itself.
ihashsize=value
Sets the number of hash buckets available for hashing the
in-memory inodes of the specified mount point. If a value
of zero is used, the value selected by the default algorithm
will be displayed in /proc/mounts.
ikeep/noikeep ikeep/noikeep
When inode clusters are emptied of inodes, keep them around When inode clusters are emptied of inodes, keep them around
@ -35,12 +63,31 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
and is still the default for now. Using the noikeep option, and is still the default for now. Using the noikeep option,
inode clusters are returned to the free space pool. inode clusters are returned to the free space pool.
inode64
Indicates that XFS is allowed to create inodes at any location
in the filesystem, including those which will result in inode
numbers occupying more than 32 bits of significance. This is
provided for backwards compatibility, but causes problems for
backup applications that cannot handle large inode numbers.
largeio/nolargeio
If "nolargeio" is specified, the optimal I/O reported in
st_blksize by stat(2) will be as small as possible to allow user
applications to avoid inefficient read/modify/write I/O.
If "largeio" specified, a filesystem that has a "swidth" specified
will return the "swidth" value (in bytes) in st_blksize. If the
filesystem does not have a "swidth" specified but does specify
an "allocsize" then "allocsize" (in bytes) will be returned
instead.
If neither of these two options are specified, then filesystem
will behave as if "nolargeio" was specified.
logbufs=value logbufs=value
Set the number of in-memory log buffers. Valid numbers range Set the number of in-memory log buffers. Valid numbers range
from 2-8 inclusive. from 2-8 inclusive.
The default value is 8 buffers for filesystems with a The default value is 8 buffers for filesystems with a
blocksize of 64K, 4 buffers for filesystems with a blocksize blocksize of 64KiB, 4 buffers for filesystems with a blocksize
of 32K, 3 buffers for filesystems with a blocksize of 16K of 32KiB, 3 buffers for filesystems with a blocksize of 16KiB
and 2 buffers for all other configurations. Increasing the and 2 buffers for all other configurations. Increasing the
number of buffers may increase performance on some workloads number of buffers may increase performance on some workloads
at the cost of the memory used for the additional log buffers at the cost of the memory used for the additional log buffers
@ -49,10 +96,10 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
logbsize=value logbsize=value
Set the size of each in-memory log buffer. Set the size of each in-memory log buffer.
Size may be specified in bytes, or in kilobytes with a "k" suffix. Size may be specified in bytes, or in kilobytes with a "k" suffix.
Valid sizes for version 1 and version 2 logs are 16384 (16k) and Valid sizes for version 1 and version 2 logs are 16384 (16k) and
32768 (32k). Valid sizes for version 2 logs also include 32768 (32k). Valid sizes for version 2 logs also include
65536 (64k), 131072 (128k) and 262144 (256k). 65536 (64k), 131072 (128k) and 262144 (256k).
The default value for machines with more than 32MB of memory The default value for machines with more than 32MiB of memory
is 32768, machines with less memory use 16384 by default. is 32768, machines with less memory use 16384 by default.
logdev=device and rtdev=device logdev=device and rtdev=device
@ -62,6 +109,11 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
optional, and the log section can be separate from the data optional, and the log section can be separate from the data
section or contained within it. section or contained within it.
mtpt=mountpoint
Use with the "dmapi" option. The value specified here will be
included in the DMAPI mount event, and should be the path of
the actual mountpoint that is used.
noalign noalign
Data allocations will not be aligned at stripe unit boundaries. Data allocations will not be aligned at stripe unit boundaries.
@ -91,13 +143,17 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
O_SYNC writes can be lost if the system crashes. O_SYNC writes can be lost if the system crashes.
If timestamp updates are critical, use the osyncisosync option. If timestamp updates are critical, use the osyncisosync option.
quota/usrquota/uqnoenforce uquota/usrquota/uqnoenforce/quota
User disk quota accounting enabled, and limits (optionally) User disk quota accounting enabled, and limits (optionally)
enforced. enforced. Refer to xfs_quota(8) for further details.
grpquota/gqnoenforce gquota/grpquota/gqnoenforce
Group disk quota accounting enabled and limits (optionally) Group disk quota accounting enabled and limits (optionally)
enforced. enforced. Refer to xfs_quota(8) for further details.
pquota/prjquota/pqnoenforce
Project disk quota accounting enabled and limits (optionally)
enforced. Refer to xfs_quota(8) for further details.
sunit=value and swidth=value sunit=value and swidth=value
Used to specify the stripe unit and width for a RAID device or Used to specify the stripe unit and width for a RAID device or
@ -113,15 +169,21 @@ When mounting an XFS filesystem, the following options are accepted.
The "swidth" option is required if the "sunit" option has been The "swidth" option is required if the "sunit" option has been
specified, and must be a multiple of the "sunit" value. specified, and must be a multiple of the "sunit" value.
swalloc
Data allocations will be rounded up to stripe width boundaries
when the current end of file is being extended and the file
size is larger than the stripe width size.
sysctls sysctls
======= =======
The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem: The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
fs.xfs.stats_clear (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1) fs.xfs.stats_clear (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1)
Setting this to "1" clears accumulated XFS statistics Setting this to "1" clears accumulated XFS statistics
in /proc/fs/xfs/stat. It then immediately resets to "0". in /proc/fs/xfs/stat. It then immediately resets to "0".
fs.xfs.xfssyncd_centisecs (Min: 100 Default: 3000 Max: 720000) fs.xfs.xfssyncd_centisecs (Min: 100 Default: 3000 Max: 720000)
The interval at which the xfssyncd thread flushes metadata The interval at which the xfssyncd thread flushes metadata
out to disk. This thread will flush log activity out, and out to disk. This thread will flush log activity out, and
@ -143,9 +205,9 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
XFS_ERRLEVEL_HIGH: 5 XFS_ERRLEVEL_HIGH: 5
fs.xfs.panic_mask (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 127) fs.xfs.panic_mask (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 127)
Causes certain error conditions to call BUG(). Value is a bitmask; Causes certain error conditions to call BUG(). Value is a bitmask;
AND together the tags which represent errors which should cause panics: AND together the tags which represent errors which should cause panics:
XFS_NO_PTAG 0 XFS_NO_PTAG 0
XFS_PTAG_IFLUSH 0x00000001 XFS_PTAG_IFLUSH 0x00000001
XFS_PTAG_LOGRES 0x00000002 XFS_PTAG_LOGRES 0x00000002
@ -155,7 +217,7 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_IOERROR 0x00000020 XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_IOERROR 0x00000020
XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_LOGERROR 0x00000040 XFS_PTAG_SHUTDOWN_LOGERROR 0x00000040
This option is intended for debugging only. This option is intended for debugging only.
fs.xfs.irix_symlink_mode (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1) fs.xfs.irix_symlink_mode (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1)
Controls whether symlinks are created with mode 0777 (default) Controls whether symlinks are created with mode 0777 (default)
@ -164,25 +226,37 @@ The following sysctls are available for the XFS filesystem:
fs.xfs.irix_sgid_inherit (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1) fs.xfs.irix_sgid_inherit (Min: 0 Default: 0 Max: 1)
Controls files created in SGID directories. Controls files created in SGID directories.
If the group ID of the new file does not match the effective group If the group ID of the new file does not match the effective group
ID or one of the supplementary group IDs of the parent dir, the ID or one of the supplementary group IDs of the parent dir, the
ISGID bit is cleared if the irix_sgid_inherit compatibility sysctl ISGID bit is cleared if the irix_sgid_inherit compatibility sysctl
is set. is set.
fs.xfs.restrict_chown (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1) fs.xfs.restrict_chown (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1)
Controls whether unprivileged users can use chown to "give away" Controls whether unprivileged users can use chown to "give away"
a file to another user. a file to another user.
fs.xfs.inherit_sync (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max 1) fs.xfs.inherit_sync (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1)
Setting this to "1" will cause the "sync" flag set Setting this to "1" will cause the "sync" flag set
by the chattr(1) command on a directory to be by the xfs_io(8) chattr command on a directory to be
inherited by files in that directory. inherited by files in that directory.
fs.xfs.inherit_nodump (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max 1) fs.xfs.inherit_nodump (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1)
Setting this to "1" will cause the "nodump" flag set Setting this to "1" will cause the "nodump" flag set
by the chattr(1) command on a directory to be by the xfs_io(8) chattr command on a directory to be
inherited by files in that directory. inherited by files in that directory.
fs.xfs.inherit_noatime (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max 1) fs.xfs.inherit_noatime (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1)
Setting this to "1" will cause the "noatime" flag set Setting this to "1" will cause the "noatime" flag set
by the chattr(1) command on a directory to be by the xfs_io(8) chattr command on a directory to be
inherited by files in that directory. inherited by files in that directory.
fs.xfs.inherit_nosymlinks (Min: 0 Default: 1 Max: 1)
Setting this to "1" will cause the "nosymlinks" flag set
by the xfs_io(8) chattr command on a directory to be
inherited by files in that directory.
fs.xfs.rotorstep (Min: 1 Default: 1 Max: 256)
In "inode32" allocation mode, this option determines how many
files the allocator attempts to allocate in the same allocation
group before moving to the next allocation group. The intent
is to control the rate at which the allocator moves between
allocation groups when allocating extents for new files.

32
Documentation/hpet.txt
View File

@ -1,18 +1,21 @@
High Precision Event Timer Driver for Linux High Precision Event Timer Driver for Linux
The High Precision Event Timer (HPET) hardware is the future replacement for the 8254 and Real The High Precision Event Timer (HPET) hardware is the future replacement
Time Clock (RTC) periodic timer functionality. Each HPET can have up two 32 timers. It is possible for the 8254 and Real Time Clock (RTC) periodic timer functionality.
to configure the first two timers as legacy replacements for 8254 and RTC periodic. A specification Each HPET can have up two 32 timers. It is possible to configure the
done by INTEL and Microsoft can be found at http://www.intel.com/labs/platcomp/hpet/hpetspec.htm. first two timers as legacy replacements for 8254 and RTC periodic timers.
A specification done by Intel and Microsoft can be found at
<http://www.intel.com/hardwaredesign/hpetspec.htm>.
The driver supports detection of HPET driver allocation and initialization of the HPET before the The driver supports detection of HPET driver allocation and initialization
driver module_init routine is called. This enables platform code which uses timer 0 or 1 as the of the HPET before the driver module_init routine is called. This enables
main timer to intercept HPET initialization. An example of this initialization can be found in platform code which uses timer 0 or 1 as the main timer to intercept HPET
initialization. An example of this initialization can be found in
arch/i386/kernel/time_hpet.c. arch/i386/kernel/time_hpet.c.
The driver provides two APIs which are very similar to the API found in the rtc.c driver. The driver provides two APIs which are very similar to the API found in
There is a user space API and a kernel space API. An example user space program is provided the rtc.c driver. There is a user space API and a kernel space API.
below. An example user space program is provided below.
#include <stdio.h> #include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h> #include <stdlib.h>
@ -290,9 +293,8 @@ The kernel API has three interfaces exported from the driver:
hpet_unregister(struct hpet_task *tp) hpet_unregister(struct hpet_task *tp)
hpet_control(struct hpet_task *tp, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg) hpet_control(struct hpet_task *tp, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg)
The kernel module using this interface fills in the ht_func and ht_data members of the The kernel module using this interface fills in the ht_func and ht_data
hpet_task structure before calling hpet_register. hpet_control simply vectors to the hpet_ioctl members of the hpet_task structure before calling hpet_register.
routine and has the same commands and respective arguments as the user API. hpet_unregister hpet_control simply vectors to the hpet_ioctl routine and has the same
commands and respective arguments as the user API. hpet_unregister
is used to terminate usage of the HPET timer reserved by hpet_register. is used to terminate usage of the HPET timer reserved by hpet_register.

2
Documentation/ioctl-number.txt
View File

@ -130,8 +130,6 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
<mailto:zapman@interlan.net> <mailto:zapman@interlan.net>
'i' 00-3F linux/i2o.h 'i' 00-3F linux/i2o.h
'j' 00-3F linux/joystick.h 'j' 00-3F linux/joystick.h
'k' all asm-sparc/kbio.h
asm-sparc64/kbio.h
'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system 'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system
<http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs> <http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs>
'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development: 'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development:

2
Documentation/magic-number.txt
View File

@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ ISDN_NET_MAGIC 0x49344C02 isdn_net_local_s drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_net_li
SAVEKMSG_MAGIC2 0x4B4D5347 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c SAVEKMSG_MAGIC2 0x4B4D5347 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
STLI_BOARDMAGIC 0x4bc6c825 stlibrd include/linux/istallion.h STLI_BOARDMAGIC 0x4bc6c825 stlibrd include/linux/istallion.h
CS_STATE_MAGIC 0x4c4f4749 cs_state sound/oss/cs46xx.c CS_STATE_MAGIC 0x4c4f4749 cs_state sound/oss/cs46xx.c
SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache_s mm/slab.c SLAB_C_MAGIC 0x4f17a36d kmem_cache mm/slab.c
COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c COW_MAGIC 0x4f4f4f4d cow_header_v1 arch/um/drivers/ubd_user.c
I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c I810_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E i810_card sound/oss/i810_audio.c
TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c

119
Documentation/md.txt
View File

@ -116,3 +116,122 @@ and it's role in the array.
Once started with RUN_ARRAY, uninitialized spares can be added with Once started with RUN_ARRAY, uninitialized spares can be added with
HOT_ADD_DISK. HOT_ADD_DISK.
MD devices in sysfs
-------------------
md devices appear in sysfs (/sys) as regular block devices,
e.g.
/sys/block/md0
Each 'md' device will contain a subdirectory called 'md' which
contains further md-specific information about the device.
All md devices contain:
level
a text file indicating the 'raid level'. This may be a standard
numerical level prefixed by "RAID-" - e.g. "RAID-5", or some
other name such as "linear" or "multipath".
If no raid level has been set yet (array is still being
assembled), this file will be empty.
raid_disks
a text file with a simple number indicating the number of devices
in a fully functional array. If this is not yet known, the file
will be empty. If an array is being resized (not currently
possible) this will contain the larger of the old and new sizes.
As component devices are added to an md array, they appear in the 'md'
directory as new directories named
dev-XXX
where XXX is a name that the kernel knows for the device, e.g. hdb1.
Each directory contains:
block
a symlink to the block device in /sys/block, e.g.
/sys/block/md0/md/dev-hdb1/block -> ../../../../block/hdb/hdb1
super
A file containing an image of the superblock read from, or
written to, that device.
state
A file recording the current state of the device in the array
which can be a comma separated list of
faulty - device has been kicked from active use due to
a detected fault
in_sync - device is a fully in-sync member of the array
spare - device is working, but not a full member.
This includes spares that are in the process
of being recoverred to
This list make grow in future.
An active md device will also contain and entry for each active device
in the array. These are named
rdNN
where 'NN' is the possition in the array, starting from 0.
So for a 3 drive array there will be rd0, rd1, rd2.
These are symbolic links to the appropriate 'dev-XXX' entry.
Thus, for example,
cat /sys/block/md*/md/rd*/state
will show 'in_sync' on every line.
Active md devices for levels that support data redundancy (1,4,5,6)
also have
sync_action
a text file that can be used to monitor and control the rebuild
process. It contains one word which can be one of:
resync - redundancy is being recalculated after unclean
shutdown or creation
recover - a hot spare is being built to replace a
failed/missing device
idle - nothing is happening
check - A full check of redundancy was requested and is
happening. This reads all block and checks
them. A repair may also happen for some raid
levels.
repair - A full check and repair is happening. This is
similar to 'resync', but was requested by the
user, and the write-intent bitmap is NOT used to
optimise the process.
This file is writable, and each of the strings that could be
read are meaningful for writing.
'idle' will stop an active resync/recovery etc. There is no
guarantee that another resync/recovery may not be automatically
started again, though some event will be needed to trigger
this.
'resync' or 'recovery' can be used to restart the
corresponding operation if it was stopped with 'idle'.
'check' and 'repair' will start the appropriate process
providing the current state is 'idle'.
mismatch_count
When performing 'check' and 'repair', and possibly when
performing 'resync', md will count the number of errors that are
found. The count in 'mismatch_cnt' is the number of sectors
that were re-written, or (for 'check') would have been
re-written. As most raid levels work in units of pages rather
than sectors, this my be larger than the number of actual errors
by a factor of the number of sectors in a page.
Each active md device may also have attributes specific to the
personality module that manages it.
These are specific to the implementation of the module and could
change substantially if the implementation changes.
These currently include
stripe_cache_size (currently raid5 only)
number of entries in the stripe cache. This is writable, but
there are upper and lower limits (32768, 16). Default is 128.
strip_cache_active (currently raid5 only)
number of active entries in the stripe cache

128
Documentation/networking/README.ipw2100
View File

@ -1,27 +1,82 @@
=========================== Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Driver for Linux in support of:
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Network Connection Driver for Linux
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2100 Network Connection
Copyright (C) 2003-2005, Intel Corporation
README.ipw2100 README.ipw2100
March 14, 2005 Version: 1.1.3
Date : October 17, 2005
===========================
Index Index
--------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
0. Introduction 0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Release 1.1.0 Current Features 1. Introduction
2. Command Line Parameters 2. Release 1.1.3 Current Features
3. Sysfs Helper Files 3. Command Line Parameters
4. Radio Kill Switch 4. Sysfs Helper Files
5. Dynamic Firmware 5. Radio Kill Switch
6. Power Management 6. Dynamic Firmware
7. Support 7. Power Management
8. License 8. Support
9. License
=========================== 0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
0. Introduction -----------------------------------------------
------------ ----- ----- ---- --- -- -
Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and
quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and
governmental regulatory agency requirements for the regions that they
are designated and/or marked to ship into. Since wireless LANs are
generally unlicensed devices that share spectrum with radars,
satellites, and other licensed and unlicensed devices, it is sometimes
necessary to dynamically detect, avoid, and limit usage to avoid
interference with these devices. In many instances Intel is required to
provide test data to prove regional and local compliance to regional and
governmental regulations before certification or approval to use the
product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and
software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect
radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These
parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage,
channel scanning, and human exposure.
For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties
of the software provided in binary format with the wireless WLAN
adapters (e.g., the EEPROM and firmware). Furthermore, if you use any
patches, utilities, or code with the Intel wireless LAN adapters that
have been manipulated by an unauthorized party (i.e., patches,
utilities, or code (including open source code modifications) which have
not been validated by Intel), (i) you will be solely responsible for
ensuring the regulatory compliance of the products, (ii) Intel will bear
no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated
with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under
the warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and
(iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing
support to any third parties for such modified products.
Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be
modules, and accordingly, condition system-level regulatory approval
upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and
system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be
non-compliant.
The drivers available for download from SourceForge are provided as a
part of a development project. Conformance to local regulatory
requirements is the responsibility of the individual developer. As
such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
1. Introduction
-----------------------------------------------
This document provides a brief overview of the features supported by the This document provides a brief overview of the features supported by the
IPW2100 driver project. The main project website, where the latest IPW2100 driver project. The main project website, where the latest
@ -34,9 +89,8 @@ potential fixes and patches, as well as links to the development mailing list
for the driver project. for the driver project.
=========================== 2. Release 1.1.3 Current Supported Features
1. Release 1.1.0 Current Supported Features -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
- Managed (BSS) and Ad-Hoc (IBSS) - Managed (BSS) and Ad-Hoc (IBSS)
- WEP (shared key and open) - WEP (shared key and open)
- Wireless Tools support - Wireless Tools support
@ -51,9 +105,8 @@ on the amount of validation and interoperability testing that has been
performed on a given feature. performed on a given feature.
=========================== 3. Command Line Parameters
2. Command Line Parameters -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
If the driver is built as a module, the following optional parameters are used If the driver is built as a module, the following optional parameters are used
by entering them on the command line with the modprobe command using this by entering them on the command line with the modprobe command using this
@ -75,9 +128,9 @@ associate boolean associate=0 /* Do NOT auto associate */
disable boolean disable=1 /* Do not power the HW */ disable boolean disable=1 /* Do not power the HW */
=========================== 4. Sysfs Helper Files
3. Sysfs Helper Files
--------------------------- ---------------------------
-----------------------------------------------
There are several ways to control the behavior of the driver. Many of the There are several ways to control the behavior of the driver. Many of the
general capabilities are exposed through the Wireless Tools (iwconfig). There general capabilities are exposed through the Wireless Tools (iwconfig). There
@ -120,9 +173,8 @@ For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2100:
based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on based RF kill from ON -> OFF -> ON, the radio will NOT come back on
=========================== 5. Radio Kill Switch
4. Radio Kill Switch -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
Most laptops provide the ability for the user to physically disable the radio. Most laptops provide the ability for the user to physically disable the radio.
Some vendors have implemented this as a physical switch that requires no Some vendors have implemented this as a physical switch that requires no
software to turn the radio off and on. On other laptops, however, the switch software to turn the radio off and on. On other laptops, however, the switch
@ -134,9 +186,8 @@ See the Sysfs helper file 'rf_kill' for determining the state of the RF switch
on your system. on your system.
=========================== 6. Dynamic Firmware
5. Dynamic Firmware -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
As the firmware is licensed under a restricted use license, it can not be As the firmware is licensed under a restricted use license, it can not be
included within the kernel sources. To enable the IPW2100 you will need a included within the kernel sources. To enable the IPW2100 you will need a
firmware image to load into the wireless NIC's processors. firmware image to load into the wireless NIC's processors.
@ -146,9 +197,8 @@ You can obtain these images from <http://ipw2100.sf.net/firmware.php>.
See INSTALL for instructions on installing the firmware. See INSTALL for instructions on installing the firmware.
=========================== 7. Power Management
6. Power Management -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
The IPW2100 supports the configuration of the Power Save Protocol The IPW2100 supports the configuration of the Power Save Protocol
through a private wireless extension interface. The IPW2100 supports through a private wireless extension interface. The IPW2100 supports
the following different modes: the following different modes:
@ -200,9 +250,8 @@ xxxx/yyyy will be replaced with 'off' -- the level reported will be the active
level if `iwconfig eth1 power on` is invoked. level if `iwconfig eth1 power on` is invoked.
=========================== 8. Support
7. Support -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
For general development information and support, For general development information and support,
go to: go to:
@ -218,9 +267,8 @@ For installation support on the ipw2100 1.1.0 driver on Linux kernels
http://supportmail.intel.com http://supportmail.intel.com
=========================== 9. License
8. License -----------------------------------------------
---------------------------
Copyright(c) 2003 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. Copyright(c) 2003 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.

196
Documentation/networking/README.ipw2200
View File

@ -1,33 +1,89 @@
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux in support of: Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux in support of:
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection
Note: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux and Intel(R) Note: The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux and Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2200BG Driver for Linux is a unified driver that works on PRO/Wireless 2200BG Driver for Linux is a unified driver that works on
both hardware adapters listed above. In this document the Intel(R) both hardware adapters listed above. In this document the Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux will be used to reference the PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux will be used to reference the
unified driver. unified driver.
Copyright (C) 2004-2005, Intel Corporation Copyright (C) 2004-2005, Intel Corporation
README.ipw2200 README.ipw2200
Version: 1.0.0 Version: 1.0.8
Date : January 31, 2005 Date : October 20, 2005
Index Index
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
1. Introduction 1. Introduction
1.1. Overview of features 1.1. Overview of features
1.2. Module parameters 1.2. Module parameters
1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods 1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods
1.4. Sysfs Helper Files 1.4. Sysfs Helper Files
2. About the Version Numbers 2. Ad-Hoc Networking
3. Support 3. Interacting with Wireless Tools
4. License 3.1. iwconfig mode
4. About the Version Numbers
5. Firmware installation
6. Support
7. License
0. IMPORTANT INFORMATION BEFORE USING THIS DRIVER
-----------------------------------------------
Important Notice FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS!!!!
Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and
quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and
governmental regulatory agency requirements for the regions that they
are designated and/or marked to ship into. Since wireless LANs are
generally unlicensed devices that share spectrum with radars,
satellites, and other licensed and unlicensed devices, it is sometimes
necessary to dynamically detect, avoid, and limit usage to avoid
interference with these devices. In many instances Intel is required to
provide test data to prove regional and local compliance to regional and
governmental regulations before certification or approval to use the
product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and
software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect
radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These
parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage,
channel scanning, and human exposure.
For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties
of the software provided in binary format with the wireless WLAN
adapters (e.g., the EEPROM and firmware). Furthermore, if you use any
patches, utilities, or code with the Intel wireless LAN adapters that
have been manipulated by an unauthorized party (i.e., patches,
utilities, or code (including open source code modifications) which have
not been validated by Intel), (i) you will be solely responsible for
ensuring the regulatory compliance of the products, (ii) Intel will bear
no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated
with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under
the warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and
(iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing
support to any third parties for such modified products.
Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be
modules, and accordingly, condition system-level regulatory approval
upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and
system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be
non-compliant.
The drivers available for download from SourceForge are provided as a
part of a development project. Conformance to local regulatory
requirements is the responsibility of the individual developer. As
such, if you are interested in deploying or shipping a driver as part of
solution intended to be used for purposes other than development, please
obtain a tested driver from Intel Customer Support at:
http://support.intel.com/support/notebook/sb/CS-006408.htm
1. Introduction 1. Introduction
@ -45,7 +101,7 @@ file.
1.1. Overview of Features 1.1. Overview of Features
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
The current release (1.0.0) supports the following features: The current release (1.0.8) supports the following features:
+ BSS mode (Infrastructure, Managed) + BSS mode (Infrastructure, Managed)
+ IBSS mode (Ad-Hoc) + IBSS mode (Ad-Hoc)
@ -56,17 +112,27 @@ The current release (1.0.0) supports the following features:
+ Full A rate support (2915 only) + Full A rate support (2915 only)
+ Transmit power control + Transmit power control
+ S state support (ACPI suspend/resume) + S state support (ACPI suspend/resume)
The following features are currently enabled, but not officially
supported:
+ WPA
+ long/short preamble support + long/short preamble support
+ Monitor mode (aka RFMon)
The distinction between officially supported and enabled is a reflection
on the amount of validation and interoperability testing that has been
performed on a given feature.
1.2. Command Line Parameters 1.2. Command Line Parameters
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
Like many modules used in the Linux kernel, the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless Like many modules used in the Linux kernel, the Intel(R) PRO/Wireless
2915ABG Driver for Linux allows certain configuration options to be 2915ABG Driver for Linux allows configuration options to be provided
provided as module parameters. The most common way to specify a module as module parameters. The most common way to specify a module parameter
parameter is via the command line. is via the command line.
The general form is: The general form is:
@ -96,14 +162,18 @@ Where the supported parameter are:
debug debug
If using a debug build, this is used to control the amount of debug If using a debug build, this is used to control the amount of debug
info is logged. See the 'dval' and 'load' script for more info on info is logged. See the 'dvals' and 'load' script for more info on
how to use this (the dval and load scripts are provided as part how to use this (the dvals and load scripts are provided as part
of the ipw2200 development snapshot releases available from the of the ipw2200 development snapshot releases available from the
SourceForge project at http://ipw2200.sf.net) SourceForge project at http://ipw2200.sf.net)
led
Can be used to turn on experimental LED code.
0 = Off, 1 = On. Default is 0.
mode mode
Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter. Can be used to set the default mode of the adapter.
0 = Managed, 1 = Ad-Hoc 0 = Managed, 1 = Ad-Hoc, 2 = Monitor
1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods 1.3. Wireless Extension Private Methods
@ -164,8 +234,8 @@ The supported private methods are:
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
The Linux kernel provides a pseudo file system that can be used to The Linux kernel provides a pseudo file system that can be used to
access various components of the operating system. The Intel(R) access various components of the operating system. The Intel(R)
PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes several configuration PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes several configuration
parameters through this mechanism. parameters through this mechanism.
An entry in the sysfs can support reading and/or writing. You can An entry in the sysfs can support reading and/or writing. You can
@ -184,13 +254,13 @@ You can set the debug level via:
Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The Where $VALUE would be a number in the case of this sysfs entry. The
input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the input to sysfs files does not have to be a number. For example, the
firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transferring firmware loader used by hotplug utilizes sysfs entries for transfering
the firmware image from user space into the driver. the firmware image from user space into the driver.
The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries The Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Driver for Linux exposes sysfs entries
at two levels -- driver level, which apply to all instances of the at two levels -- driver level, which apply to all instances of the driver
driver (in the event that there are more than one device installed) and (in the event that there are more than one device installed) and device
device level, which applies only to the single specific instance. level, which applies only to the single specific instance.
1.4.1 Driver Level Sysfs Helper Files 1.4.1 Driver Level Sysfs Helper Files
@ -203,6 +273,7 @@ For the driver level files, look in /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/
This controls the same global as the 'debug' module parameter This controls the same global as the 'debug' module parameter
1.4.2 Device Level Sysfs Helper Files 1.4.2 Device Level Sysfs Helper Files
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
@ -213,7 +284,7 @@ For the device level files, look in
For example: For example:
/sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/0000:02:01.0 /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200/0000:02:01.0
For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/[drivers/ipw2200: For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/drivers/ipw2200:
rf_kill rf_kill
read - read -
@ -231,8 +302,59 @@ For the device level files, see /sys/bus/pci/[drivers/ipw2200:
ucode ucode
read-only access to the ucode version number read-only access to the ucode version number
led
read -
0 = LED code disabled
1 = LED code enabled
write -
0 = Disable LED code
1 = Enable LED code
2. About the Version Numbers NOTE: The LED code has been reported to hang some systems when
running ifconfig and is therefore disabled by default.
2. Ad-Hoc Networking
-----------------------------------------------
When using a device in an Ad-Hoc network, it is useful to understand the
sequence and requirements for the driver to be able to create, join, or
merge networks.
The following attempts to provide enough information so that you can
have a consistent experience while using the driver as a member of an
Ad-Hoc network.
2.1. Joining an Ad-Hoc Network
-----------------------------------------------
The easiest way to get onto an Ad-Hoc network is to join one that
already exists.
2.2. Creating an Ad-Hoc Network
-----------------------------------------------
An Ad-Hoc networks is created using the syntax of the Wireless tool.
For Example:
iwconfig eth1 mode ad-hoc essid testing channel 2
2.3. Merging Ad-Hoc Networks
-----------------------------------------------
3. Interaction with Wireless Tools
-----------------------------------------------
3.1 iwconfig mode
-----------------------------------------------
When configuring the mode of the adapter, all run-time configured parameters
are reset to the value used when the module was loaded. This includes
channels, rates, ESSID, etc.
4. About the Version Numbers
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
Due to the nature of open source development projects, there are Due to the nature of open source development projects, there are
@ -259,12 +381,23 @@ available as quickly as possible, unknown anomalies should be expected.
The major version number will be incremented when significant changes The major version number will be incremented when significant changes
are made to the driver. Currently, there are no major changes planned. are made to the driver. Currently, there are no major changes planned.
5. Firmware installation
----------------------------------------------
3. Support The driver requires a firmware image, download it and extract the
files under /lib/firmware (or wherever your hotplug's firmware.agent
will look for firmware files)
The firmware can be downloaded from the following URL:
http://ipw2200.sf.net/
6. Support
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
For installation support of the 1.0.0 version, you can contact For direct support of the 1.0.0 version, you can contact
http://supportmail.intel.com, or you can use the open source project http://supportmail.intel.com, or you can use the open source project
support. support.
For general information and support, go to: For general information and support, go to:
@ -272,7 +405,7 @@ For general information and support, go to:
http://ipw2200.sf.net/ http://ipw2200.sf.net/
4. License 7. License
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
Copyright(c) 2003 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. Copyright(c) 2003 - 2005 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.
@ -297,4 +430,3 @@ For general information and support, go to:
James P. Ketrenos <ipw2100-admin@linux.intel.com> James P. Ketrenos <ipw2100-admin@linux.intel.com>
Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497 Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497

2
Documentation/networking/decnet.txt
View File

@ -176,8 +176,6 @@ information (_most_ of which _is_ _essential_) includes:
- Which client caused the problem ? - Which client caused the problem ?
- How much data was being transferred ? - How much data was being transferred ?
- Was the network congested ? - Was the network congested ?
- If there was a kernel panic, please run the output through ksymoops
before sending it to me, otherwise its _useless_.
- How can the problem be reproduced ? - How can the problem be reproduced ?
- Can you use tcpdump to get a trace ? (N.B. Most (all?) versions of - Can you use tcpdump to get a trace ? (N.B. Most (all?) versions of
tcpdump don't understand how to dump DECnet properly, so including tcpdump don't understand how to dump DECnet properly, so including

195
Documentation/networking/s2io.txt
View File

@ -1,48 +1,153 @@
S2IO Technologies XFrame 10 Gig adapter. Release notes for Neterion's (Formerly S2io) Xframe I/II PCI-X 10GbE driver.
-------------------------------------------
I. Module loadable parameters. Contents
When loaded as a module, the driver provides a host of Module loadable =======
parameters, so the device can be tuned as per the users needs. - 1. Introduction
A list of the Module params is given below. - 2. Identifying the adapter/interface
(i) ring_num: This can be used to program the number of - 3. Features supported
receive rings used in the driver. - 4. Command line parameters
(ii) ring_len: This defines the number of descriptors each ring - 5. Performance suggestions
can have. There can be a maximum of 8 rings. - 6. Available Downloads
(iii) frame_len: This is an array of size 8. Using this we can
set the maximum size of the received frame that can
be steered into the corrsponding receive ring.
(iv) fifo_num: This defines the number of Tx FIFOs thats used in
the driver.
(v) fifo_len: Each element defines the number of
Tx descriptors that can be associated with each
corresponding FIFO. There are a maximum of 8 FIFOs.
(vi) tx_prio: This is a bool, if module is loaded with a non-zero
value for tx_prio multi FIFO scheme is activated.
(vii) rx_prio: This is a bool, if module is loaded with a non-zero
value for tx_prio multi RING scheme is activated.
(viii) latency_timer: The value given against this param will be
loaded into the latency timer register in PCI Config
space, else the register is left with its reset value.
II. Performance tuning.
By changing a few sysctl parameters. 1. Introduction:
Copy the following lines into a file and run the following command, This Linux driver supports Neterion's Xframe I PCI-X 1.0 and
"sysctl -p <file_name>" Xframe II PCI-X 2.0 adapters. It supports several features
### IPV4 specific settings such as jumbo frames, MSI/MSI-X, checksum offloads, TSO, UFO and so on.
net.ipv4.tcp_timestamps = 0 # turns TCP timestamp support off, default 1, reduces CPU use See below for complete list of features.
net.ipv4.tcp_sack = 0 # turn SACK support off, default on All features are supported for both IPv4 and IPv6.
# on systems with a VERY fast bus -> memory interface this is the big gainer
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/default/max TCP read buffer, default 4096 87380 174760 2. Identifying the adapter/interface:
net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/pressure/max TCP write buffer, default 4096 16384 131072 a. Insert the adapter(s) in your system.
net.ipv4.tcp_mem = 10000000 10000000 10000000 # sets min/pressure/max TCP buffer space, default 31744 32256 32768 b. Build and load driver
# insmod s2io.ko
### CORE settings (mostly for socket and UDP effect) c. View log messages
net.core.rmem_max = 524287 # maximum receive socket buffer size, default 131071 # dmesg | tail -40
net.core.wmem_max = 524287 # maximum send socket buffer size, default 131071 You will see messages similar to:
net.core.rmem_default = 524287 # default receive socket buffer size, default 65535 eth3: Neterion Xframe I 10GbE adapter (rev 3), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
net.core.wmem_default = 524287 # default send socket buffer size, default 65535 eth4: Neterion Xframe II 10GbE adapter (rev 2), Version 2.0.9.1, Intr type INTA
net.core.optmem_max = 524287 # maximum amount of option memory buffers, default 10240 eth4: Device is on 64 bit 133MHz PCIX(M1) bus
net.core.netdev_max_backlog = 300000 # number of unprocessed input packets before kernel starts dropping them, default 300
---End of performance tuning file--- The above messages identify the adapter type(Xframe I/II), adapter revision,
driver version, interface name(eth3, eth4), Interrupt type(INTA, MSI, MSI-X).
In case of Xframe II, the PCI/PCI-X bus width and frequency are displayed
as well.
To associate an interface with a physical adapter use "ethtool -p <ethX>".
The corresponding adapter's LED will blink multiple times.
3. Features supported:
a. Jumbo frames. Xframe I/II supports MTU upto 9600 bytes,
modifiable using ifconfig command.
b. Offloads. Supports checksum offload(TCP/UDP/IP) on transmit
and receive, TSO.
c. Multi-buffer receive mode. Scattering of packet across multiple
buffers. Currently driver supports 2-buffer mode which yields
significant performance improvement on certain platforms(SGI Altix,
IBM xSeries).
d. MSI/MSI-X. Can be enabled on platforms which support this feature
(IA64, Xeon) resulting in noticeable performance improvement(upto 7%
on certain platforms).
e. NAPI. Compile-time option(CONFIG_S2IO_NAPI) for better Rx interrupt
moderation.
f. Statistics. Comprehensive MAC-level and software statistics displayed
using "ethtool -S" option.
g. Multi-FIFO/Ring. Supports up to 8 transmit queues and receive rings,
with multiple steering options.
4. Command line parameters
a. tx_fifo_num
Number of transmit queues
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
b. rx_ring_num
Number of receive rings
Valid range: 1-8
Default: 1
c. tx_fifo_len
Size of each transmit queue
Valid range: Total length of all queues should not exceed 8192
Default: 4096
d. rx_ring_sz
Size of each receive ring(in 4K blocks)
Valid range: Limited by memory on system
Default: 30
e. intr_type
Specifies interrupt type. Possible values 1(INTA), 2(MSI), 3(MSI-X)
Valid range: 1-3
Default: 1
5. Performance suggestions
General:
a. Set MTU to maximum(9000 for switch setup, 9600 in back-to-back configuration)
b. Set TCP windows size to optimal value.
For instance, for MTU=1500 a value of 210K has been observed to result in
good performance.
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="210000 210000 210000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="210000 210000 210000"
For MTU=9000, TCP window size of 10 MB is recommended.
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_rmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
# sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_wmem="10000000 10000000 10000000"
Transmit performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to experiment with PCI bus parameters
max-split-transactions(MOST) and MMRBC (use setpci command).
A MOST value of 2 has been found optimal for Opterons and 3 for Itanium.
It could be different for your hardware.
Set MMRBC to 4K**.
For example you can set
For opteron
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=1d
For Itanium
#setpci -d 17d5:* 62=3d
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Ensure Transmit Checksum offload is enabled. Use ethtool to set/verify this
parameter.
c. Turn on TSO(using "ethtool -K")
# ethtool -K <ethX> tso on
Receive performance:
a. By default, the driver respects BIOS settings for PCI bus parameters.
However, you may want to set PCI latency timer to 248.
#setpci -d 17d5:* LATENCY_TIMER=f8
For detailed description of the PCI registers, please see Xframe User Guide.
b. Use 2-buffer mode. This results in large performance boost on
on certain platforms(eg. SGI Altix, IBM xSeries).
c. Ensure Receive Checksum offload is enabled. Use "ethtool -K ethX" command to
set/verify this option.
d. Enable NAPI feature(in kernel configuration Device Drivers ---> Network
device support ---> Ethernet (10000 Mbit) ---> S2IO 10Gbe Xframe NIC) to
bring down CPU utilization.
** For AMD opteron platforms with 8131 chipset, MMRBC=1 and MOST=1 are
recommended as safe parameters.
For more information, please review the AMD8131 errata at
http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/26310.pdf
6. Available Downloads
Neterion "s2io" driver in Red Hat and Suse 2.6-based distributions is kept up
to date, also the latest "s2io" code (including support for 2.4 kernels) is
available via "Support" link on the Neterion site: http://www.neterion.com.
For Xframe User Guide (Programming manual), visit ftp site ns1.s2io.com,
user: linuxdocs password: HALdocs
7. Support
For further support please contact either your 10GbE Xframe NIC vendor (IBM,
HP, SGI etc.) or click on the "Support" link on the Neterion site:
http://www.neterion.com.

2
Documentation/oops-tracing.txt
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
NOTE: ksymoops is useless on 2.6. Please use the Oops in its original format NOTE: ksymoops is useless on 2.6. Please use the Oops in its original format
(from dmesg, etc). Ignore any references in this or other docs to "decoding (from dmesg, etc). Ignore any references in this or other docs to "decoding
the Oops" or "running it through ksymoops". If you post an Oops fron 2.6 that the Oops" or "running it through ksymoops". If you post an Oops from 2.6 that
has been run through ksymoops, people will just tell you to repost it. has been run through ksymoops, people will just tell you to repost it.
Quick Summary Quick Summary

17
Documentation/power/video.txt
View File

@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ boot video card. (Kernel usually does not even contain video card
driver -- vesafb and vgacon are widely used). driver -- vesafb and vgacon are widely used).
This is not problem for swsusp, because during swsusp resume, BIOS is This is not problem for swsusp, because during swsusp resume, BIOS is
run normally so video card is normally initialized. S3 has absolutely run normally so video card is normally initialized. It should not be
no chance of working with SMP/HT. Be sure it to turn it off before problem for S1 standby, because hardware should retain its state over
testing (swsusp should work ok, OTOH). that.
There are a few types of systems where video works after S3 resume: There are a few types of systems where video works after S3 resume:
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ your video card (good luck getting docs :-(). Maybe suspending from X
(proper X, knowing your hardware, not XF68_FBcon) might have better (proper X, knowing your hardware, not XF68_FBcon) might have better
chance of working. chance of working.
Table of known working systems: Table of known working notebooks:
Model hack (or "how to do it") Model hack (or "how to do it")
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Acer TM 242FX vbetool (6)
Acer TM C110 video_post (8) Acer TM C110 video_post (8)
Acer TM C300 vga=normal (only suspend on console, not in X), vbetool (6) or video_post (8) Acer TM C300 vga=normal (only suspend on console, not in X), vbetool (6) or video_post (8)
Acer TM 4052LCi s3_bios (2) Acer TM 4052LCi s3_bios (2)
Acer TM 636Lci s3_bios vga=normal (2) Acer TM 636Lci s3_bios,s3_mode (4)
Acer TM 650 (Radeon M7) vga=normal plus boot-radeon (5) gets text console back Acer TM 650 (Radeon M7) vga=normal plus boot-radeon (5) gets text console back
Acer TM 660 ??? (*) Acer TM 660 ??? (*)
Acer TM 800 vga=normal, X patches, see webpage (5) or vbetool (6) Acer TM 800 vga=normal, X patches, see webpage (5) or vbetool (6)
@ -137,6 +137,13 @@ Toshiba Satellite P10-554 s3_bios,s3_mode (4)(****)
Toshiba M30 (2) xor X with nvidia driver using internal AGP Toshiba M30 (2) xor X with nvidia driver using internal AGP
Uniwill 244IIO ??? (*) Uniwill 244IIO ??? (*)
Known working desktop systems
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Mainboard Graphics card hack (or "how to do it")
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asus A7V8X nVidia RIVA TNT2 model 64 s3_bios,s3_mode (4)
(*) from http://www.ubuntulinux.org/wiki/HoaryPMResults, not sure (*) from http://www.ubuntulinux.org/wiki/HoaryPMResults, not sure
which options to use. If you know, please tell me. which options to use. If you know, please tell me.

2
Documentation/s390/Debugging390.txt
View File

@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ by playing with the --adjust-vma parameter to objdump.
extern inline void spin_lock(spinlock_t *lp) static inline void spin_lock(spinlock_t *lp)
{ {
a0: 18 34 lr %r3,%r4 a0: 18 34 lr %r3,%r4
a2: a7 3a 03 bc ahi %r3,956 a2: a7 3a 03 bc ahi %r3,956

21
Documentation/s390/driver-model.txt
View File

@ -8,11 +8,10 @@ All devices which can be addressed by means of ccws are called 'CCW devices' -
even if they aren't actually driven by ccws. even if they aren't actually driven by ccws.
All ccw devices are accessed via a subchannel, this is reflected in the All ccw devices are accessed via a subchannel, this is reflected in the
structures under root/: structures under devices/:
root/ devices/
- sys - system/
- legacy
- css0/ - css0/
- 0.0.0000/0.0.0815/ - 0.0.0000/0.0.0815/
- 0.0.0001/0.0.4711/ - 0.0.0001/0.0.4711/
@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ availability: Can be 'good' or 'boxed'; 'no path' or 'no device' for
online: An interface to set the device online and offline. online: An interface to set the device online and offline.
In the special case of the device being disconnected (see the In the special case of the device being disconnected (see the
notify function under 1.2), piping 0 to online will focibly delete notify function under 1.2), piping 0 to online will forcibly delete
the device. the device.
The device drivers can add entries to export per-device data and interfaces. The device drivers can add entries to export per-device data and interfaces.
@ -222,7 +221,7 @@ and are called 'chp0.<chpid>'. They have no driver and do not belong to any bus.
Please note, that unlike /proc/chpids in 2.4, the channel path objects reflect Please note, that unlike /proc/chpids in 2.4, the channel path objects reflect
only the logical state and not the physical state, since we cannot track the only the logical state and not the physical state, since we cannot track the
latter consistently due to lacking machine support (we don't need to be aware latter consistently due to lacking machine support (we don't need to be aware
of anyway). of it anyway).
status - Can be 'online' or 'offline'. status - Can be 'online' or 'offline'.
Piping 'on' or 'off' sets the chpid logically online/offline. Piping 'on' or 'off' sets the chpid logically online/offline.
@ -235,12 +234,16 @@ status - Can be 'online' or 'offline'.
3. System devices 3. System devices
----------------- -----------------
Note: cpus may yet be added here.
3.1 xpram 3.1 xpram
--------- ---------
xpram shows up under sys/ as 'xpram'. xpram shows up under devices/system/ as 'xpram'.
3.2 cpus
--------
For each cpu, a directory is created under devices/system/cpu/. Each cpu has an
attribute 'online' which can be 0 or 1.
4. Other devices 4. Other devices

89
Documentation/sched-arch.txt Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
CPU Scheduler implementation hints for architecture specific code
Nick Piggin, 2005
Context switch
==============
1. Runqueue locking
By default, the switch_to arch function is called with the runqueue
locked. This is usually not a problem unless switch_to may need to
take the runqueue lock. This is usually due to a wake up operation in
the context switch. See include/asm-ia64/system.h for an example.
To request the scheduler call switch_to with the runqueue unlocked,
you must `#define __ARCH_WANT_UNLOCKED_CTXSW` in a header file
(typically the one where switch_to is defined).
Unlocked context switches introduce only a very minor performance
penalty to the core scheduler implementation in the CONFIG_SMP case.
2. Interrupt status
By default, the switch_to arch function is called with interrupts
disabled. Interrupts may be enabled over the call if it is likely to
introduce a significant interrupt latency by adding the line
`#define __ARCH_WANT_INTERRUPTS_ON_CTXSW` in the same place as for
unlocked context switches. This define also implies
`__ARCH_WANT_UNLOCKED_CTXSW`. See include/asm-arm/system.h for an
example.
CPU idle
========
Your cpu_idle routines need to obey the following rules:
1. Preempt should now disabled over idle routines. Should only
be enabled to call schedule() then disabled again.
2. need_resched/TIF_NEED_RESCHED is only ever set, and will never
be cleared until the running task has called schedule(). Idle
threads need only ever query need_resched, and may never set or
clear it.
3. When cpu_idle finds (need_resched() == 'true'), it should call
schedule(). It should not call schedule() otherwise.
4. The only time interrupts need to be disabled when checking
need_resched is if we are about to sleep the processor until
the next interrupt (this doesn't provide any protection of
need_resched, it prevents losing an interrupt).
4a. Common problem with this type of sleep appears to be:
local_irq_disable();
if (!need_resched()) {
local_irq_enable();
*** resched interrupt arrives here ***
__asm__("sleep until next interrupt");
}
5. TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG can be set by idle routines that do not
need an interrupt to wake them up when need_resched goes high.
In other words, they must be periodically polling need_resched,
although it may be reasonable to do some background work or enter
a low CPU priority.
5a. If TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG is set, and we do decide to enter
an interrupt sleep, it needs to be cleared then a memory
barrier issued (followed by a test of need_resched with
interrupts disabled, as explained in 3).
arch/i386/kernel/process.c has examples of both polling and
sleeping idle functions.
Possible arch/ problems
=======================
Possible arch problems I found (and either tried to fix or didn't):
h8300 - Is such sleeping racy vs interrupts? (See #4a).
The H8/300 manual I found indicates yes, however disabling IRQs
over the sleep mean only NMIs can wake it up, so can't fix easily
without doing spin waiting.
ia64 - is safe_halt call racy vs interrupts? (does it sleep?) (See #4a)
sh64 - Is sleeping racy vs interrupts? (See #4a)
sparc - IRQs on at this point(?), change local_irq_save to _disable.
- TODO: needs secondary CPUs to disable preempt (See #1)

45
Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
Copyright (c) 2003-2005 QLogic Corporation
QLogic Linux Fibre Channel HBA Driver
This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be
distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file.
You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the
GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
Foundation (version 2 or a later version).
You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file
under the following terms:
1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable),
must retain the above copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other
materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission
REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE,
THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT
CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR
OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT,
TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN
ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN
COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM.

1060
Documentation/sharedsubtree.txt Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

29
Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt
View File

@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
spdif - Support SPDIF I/O spdif - Support SPDIF I/O
- Default: disabled - Default: disabled
Module supports autoprobe and multiple chips (max 8). This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
The power-management is supported. The power-management is supported.
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
See "AC97 Quirk Option" section below. See "AC97 Quirk Option" section below.
spdif_aclink - S/PDIF transfer over AC-link (default = 1) spdif_aclink - S/PDIF transfer over AC-link (default = 1)
This module supports up to 8 cards and autoprobe. This module supports one card and autoprobe.
ATI IXP has two different methods to control SPDIF output. One is ATI IXP has two different methods to control SPDIF output. One is
over AC-link and another is over the "direct" SPDIF output. The over AC-link and another is over the "direct" SPDIF output. The
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
Module for ATI IXP 150/200/250 AC97 modem controllers. Module for ATI IXP 150/200/250 AC97 modem controllers.
Module supports up to 8 cards. This module supports one card and autoprobe.
Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
slot is excluded. slot is excluded.
@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
model - force the model name model - force the model name
position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF, 3 = FIFO size) position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = none, 2 = POSBUF, 3 = FIFO size)
Module supports up to 8 cards. This module supports one card and autoprobe.
Each codec may have a model table for different configurations. Each codec may have a model table for different configurations.
If your machine isn't listed there, the default (usually minimal) If your machine isn't listed there, the default (usually minimal)
@ -663,6 +663,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with
$CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y $CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y
ALC260
hp HP machines
fujitsu Fujitsu S7020
CMI9880 CMI9880
minimal 3-jack in back minimal 3-jack in back
min_fp 3-jack in back, 2-jack in front min_fp 3-jack in back, 2-jack in front
@ -811,7 +815,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
semaphores (e.g. on some ASUS laptops) semaphores (e.g. on some ASUS laptops)
(default off) (default off)
Module supports autoprobe and multiple bus-master chips (max 8). This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
Note: the latest driver supports auto-detection of chip clock. Note: the latest driver supports auto-detection of chip clock.
if you still encounter too fast playback, specify the clock if you still encounter too fast playback, specify the clock
@ -830,7 +834,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (0 = auto-detect) ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (0 = auto-detect)
This module supports up to 8 cards and autoprobe. This module supports one card and autoprobe.
Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
slot is excluded. slot is excluded.
@ -950,8 +954,10 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
use_cache - 0 or 1 (disabled by default) use_cache - 0 or 1 (disabled by default)
vaio_hack - alias buffer_top=0x25a800 vaio_hack - alias buffer_top=0x25a800
reset_workaround - enable AC97 RESET workaround for some laptops reset_workaround - enable AC97 RESET workaround for some laptops
reset_workaround2 - enable extended AC97 RESET workaround for some
other laptops
Module supports autoprobe and multiple chips (max 8). This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
The power-management is supported. The power-management is supported.
@ -980,6 +986,11 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
workaround is enabled automatically. For other laptops with a workaround is enabled automatically. For other laptops with a
hard freeze, you can try reset_workaround=1 option. hard freeze, you can try reset_workaround=1 option.
Note: Dell Latitude CSx laptops have another problem regarding
AC97 RESET. On these laptops, reset_workaround2 option is
turned on as default. This option is worth to try if the
previous reset_workaround option doesn't help.
Note: This driver is really crappy. It's a porting from the Note: This driver is really crappy. It's a porting from the
OSS driver, which is a result of black-magic reverse engineering. OSS driver, which is a result of black-magic reverse engineering.
The detection of codec will fail if the driver is loaded *after* The detection of codec will fail if the driver is loaded *after*
@ -1310,7 +1321,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ac97_quirk - AC'97 workaround for strange hardware ac97_quirk - AC'97 workaround for strange hardware
See "AC97 Quirk Option" section below. See "AC97 Quirk Option" section below.
Module supports autoprobe and multiple bus-master chips (max 8). This module supports one chip and autoprobe.
Note: on some SMP motherboards like MSI 694D the interrupts might Note: on some SMP motherboards like MSI 694D the interrupts might
not be generated properly. In such a case, please try to not be generated properly. In such a case, please try to
@ -1352,7 +1363,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed.
ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz) ac97_clock - AC'97 codec clock base (default 48000Hz)
Module supports up to 8 cards. This module supports one card and autoprobe.
Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first Note: The default index value of this module is -2, i.e. the first
slot is excluded. slot is excluded.

56
Documentation/sound/alsa/DocBook/writing-an-alsa-driver.tmpl
View File

@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
</affiliation> </affiliation>
</author> </author>
<date>March 6, 2005</date> <date>October 6, 2005</date>
<edition>0.3.4</edition> <edition>0.3.5</edition>
<abstract> <abstract>
<para> <para>
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
<legalnotice> <legalnotice>
<para> <para>
Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Takashi Iwai <email>tiwai@suse.de</email> Copyright (c) 2002-2005 Takashi Iwai <email>tiwai@suse.de</email>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1433,25 +1433,10 @@
<informalexample> <informalexample>
<programlisting> <programlisting>
<![CDATA[ <![CDATA[
if (chip->res_port) { release_and_free_resource(chip->res_port);
release_resource(chip->res_port);
kfree_nocheck(chip->res_port);
}
]]> ]]>
</programlisting> </programlisting>
</informalexample> </informalexample>
As you can see, the resource pointer is also to be freed
via <function>kfree_nocheck()</function> after
<function>release_resource()</function> is called. You
cannot use <function>kfree()</function> here, because on ALSA,
<function>kfree()</function> may be a wrapper to its own
allocator with the memory debugging. Since the resource pointer
is allocated externally outside the ALSA, it must be released
via the native
<function>kfree()</function>.
<function>kfree_nocheck()</function> is used for that; it calls
the native <function>kfree()</function> without wrapper.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2190,8 +2175,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
unsigned int rate_den; unsigned int rate_den;
/* -- SW params -- */ /* -- SW params -- */
int tstamp_timespec; /* use timeval (0) or timespec (1) */ struct timespec tstamp_mode; /* mmap timestamp is updated */
snd_pcm_tstamp_t tstamp_mode; /* mmap timestamp is updated */
unsigned int period_step; unsigned int period_step;
unsigned int sleep_min; /* min ticks to sleep */ unsigned int sleep_min; /* min ticks to sleep */
snd_pcm_uframes_t xfer_align; /* xfer size need to be a multiple */ snd_pcm_uframes_t xfer_align; /* xfer size need to be a multiple */
@ -3709,8 +3693,7 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
<para> <para>
Here, the chip instance is retrieved via Here, the chip instance is retrieved via
<function>snd_kcontrol_chip()</function> macro. This macro <function>snd_kcontrol_chip()</function> macro. This macro
converts from kcontrol-&gt;private_data to the type defined by just accesses to kcontrol-&gt;private_data. The
<type>chip_t</type>. The
kcontrol-&gt;private_data field is kcontrol-&gt;private_data field is
given as the argument of <function>snd_ctl_new()</function> given as the argument of <function>snd_ctl_new()</function>
(see the later subsection (see the later subsection
@ -5998,32 +5981,23 @@ struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
The first argument is the expression to evaluate, and the The first argument is the expression to evaluate, and the
second argument is the action if it fails. When second argument is the action if it fails. When
<constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>, is set, it will show an <constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>, is set, it will show an
error message such as <computeroutput>BUG? (xxx) (called from error message such as <computeroutput>BUG? (xxx)</computeroutput>
yyy)</computeroutput>. When no debug flag is set, this is together with stack trace.
ignored.
</para> </para>
</section>
<section id="useful-functions-snd-runtime-check">
<title><function>snd_runtime_check()</function></title>
<para> <para>
This macro is quite similar with When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
<function>snd_assert()</function>. Unlike
<function>snd_assert()</function>, the expression is always
evaluated regardless of
<constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant>. When
<constant>CONFIG_SND_DEBUG</constant> is set, the macro will
show a message like <computeroutput>ERROR (xx) (called from
yyy)</computeroutput>.
</para> </para>
</section> </section>
<section id="useful-functions-snd-bug"> <section id="useful-functions-snd-bug">
<title><function>snd_BUG()</function></title> <title><function>snd_BUG()</function></title>
<para> <para>
It calls <function>snd_assert(0,)</function> -- that is, just It shows <computeroutput>BUG?</computeroutput> message and
prints the error message at the point. It's useful to show that stack trace as well as <function>snd_assert</function> at the point.
a fatal error happens there. It's useful to show that a fatal error happens there.
</para>
<para>
When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
</para> </para>
</section> </section>
</chapter> </chapter>

4
Documentation/sparse.txt
View File

@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ sure that bitwise types don't get mixed up (little-endian vs big-endian
vs cpu-endian vs whatever), and there the constant "0" really _is_ vs cpu-endian vs whatever), and there the constant "0" really _is_
special. special.
Modify top-level Makefile to say Use
CHECK = sparse -Wbitwise make C=[12] CF=-Wbitwise
or you don't get any checking at all. or you don't get any checking at all.

2
Documentation/video4linux/API.html
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ V4L original API</a>
</td><td> </td><td>
Obsoleted by V4L2 API Obsoleted by V4L2 API
</td></tr><tr><td> </td></tr><tr><td>
<A HREF=http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/video4linux/API/V4L2_API.html> <A HREF=http://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/video4linux/API/V4L2_API>
V4L2 API</a> V4L2 API</a>
</td><td> </td><td>
Should be used for new projects Should be used for new projects

279
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.bttv
View File

@ -1,137 +1,142 @@
card=0 - *** UNKNOWN/GENERIC *** 0 -> *** UNKNOWN/GENERIC ***
card=1 - MIRO PCTV 1 -> MIRO PCTV
card=2 - Hauppauge (bt848) 2 -> Hauppauge (bt848)
card=3 - STB, Gateway P/N 6000699 (bt848) 3 -> STB, Gateway P/N 6000699 (bt848)
card=4 - Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III 4 -> Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III
card=5 - Diamond DTV2000 5 -> Diamond DTV2000
card=6 - AVerMedia TVPhone 6 -> AVerMedia TVPhone
card=7 - MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta 7 -> MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta
card=8 - Lifeview FlyVideo II (Bt848) LR26 / MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR26 8 -> Lifeview FlyVideo II (Bt848) LR26 / MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR26
card=9 - IMS/IXmicro TurboTV 9 -> IMS/IXmicro TurboTV
card=10 - Hauppauge (bt878) 10 -> Hauppauge (bt878) [0070:13eb,0070:3900,2636:10b4]
card=11 - MIRO PCTV pro 11 -> MIRO PCTV pro
card=12 - ADS Technologies Channel Surfer TV (bt848) 12 -> ADS Technologies Channel Surfer TV (bt848)
card=13 - AVerMedia TVCapture 98 13 -> AVerMedia TVCapture 98 [1461:0002,1461:0004,1461:0300]
card=14 - Aimslab Video Highway Xtreme (VHX) 14 -> Aimslab Video Highway Xtreme (VHX)
card=15 - Zoltrix TV-Max 15 -> Zoltrix TV-Max [a1a0:a0fc]
card=16 - Prolink Pixelview PlayTV (bt878) 16 -> Prolink Pixelview PlayTV (bt878)
card=17 - Leadtek WinView 601 17 -> Leadtek WinView 601
card=18 - AVEC Intercapture 18 -> AVEC Intercapture
card=19 - Lifeview FlyVideo II EZ /FlyKit LR38 Bt848 (capture only) 19 -> Lifeview FlyVideo II EZ /FlyKit LR38 Bt848 (capture only)
card=20 - CEI Raffles Card 20 -> CEI Raffles Card
card=21 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ Lucky Star Image World ConferenceTV LR50 21 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ Lucky Star Image World ConferenceTV LR50
card=22 - Askey CPH050/ Phoebe Tv Master + FM 22 -> Askey CPH050/ Phoebe Tv Master + FM [14ff:3002]
card=23 - Modular Technology MM201/MM202/MM205/MM210/MM215 PCTV, bt878 23 -> Modular Technology MM201/MM202/MM205/MM210/MM215 PCTV, bt878 [14c7:0101]
card=24 - Askey CPH05X/06X (bt878) [many vendors] 24 -> Askey CPH05X/06X (bt878) [many vendors] [144f:3002,144f:3005,144f:5000,14ff:3000]
card=25 - Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.0 (Bt848)/ Terra TValue Version 1.0/ Vobis TV-Boostar 25 -> Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.0 (Bt848)/ Terra TValue Version 1.0/ Vobis TV-Boostar
card=26 - Hauppauge WinCam newer (bt878) 26 -> Hauppauge WinCam newer (bt878)
card=27 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR50 27 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98/ MAXI TV Video PCI2 LR50
card=28 - Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.1 (bt878) 28 -> Terratec TerraTV+ Version 1.1 (bt878) [153b:1127,1852:1852]
card=29 - Imagenation PXC200 29 -> Imagenation PXC200 [1295:200a]
card=30 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 30 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 [1f7f:1850]
card=31 - Formac iProTV, Formac ProTV I (bt848) 31 -> Formac iProTV, Formac ProTV I (bt848)
card=32 - Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III 32 -> Intel Create and Share PCI/ Smart Video Recorder III
card=33 - Terratec TerraTValue Version Bt878 33 -> Terratec TerraTValue Version Bt878 [153b:1117,153b:1118,153b:1119,153b:111a,153b:1134,153b:5018]
card=34 - Leadtek WinFast 2000/ WinFast 2000 XP 34 -> Leadtek WinFast 2000/ WinFast 2000 XP [107d:6606,107d:6609,6606:217d,f6ff:fff6]
card=35 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 / Chronos Video Shuttle II 35 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98 LR50 / Chronos Video Shuttle II [1851:1850,1851:a050]
card=36 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 / Typhoon TView TV/FM Tuner 36 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 / Typhoon TView TV/FM Tuner [1852:1852]
card=37 - Prolink PixelView PlayTV pro 37 -> Prolink PixelView PlayTV pro
card=38 - Askey CPH06X TView99 38 -> Askey CPH06X TView99 [144f:3000,144f:a005,a04f:a0fc]
card=39 - Pinnacle PCTV Studio/Rave 39 -> Pinnacle PCTV Studio/Rave [11bd:0012,bd11:1200,bd11:ff00,11bd:ff12]
card=40 - STB TV PCI FM, Gateway P/N 6000704 (bt878), 3Dfx VoodooTV 100 40 -> STB TV PCI FM, Gateway P/N 6000704 (bt878), 3Dfx VoodooTV 100 [10b4:2636,10b4:2645,121a:3060]
card=41 - AVerMedia TVPhone 98 41 -> AVerMedia TVPhone 98 [1461:0001,1461:0003]
card=42 - ProVideo PV951 42 -> ProVideo PV951 [aa0c:146c]
card=43 - Little OnAir TV 43 -> Little OnAir TV
card=44 - Sigma TVII-FM 44 -> Sigma TVII-FM
card=45 - MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta 2 45 -> MATRIX-Vision MV-Delta 2
card=46 - Zoltrix Genie TV/FM 46 -> Zoltrix Genie TV/FM [15b0:4000,15b0:400a,15b0:400d,15b0:4010,15b0:4016]
card=47 - Terratec TV/Radio+ 47 -> Terratec TV/Radio+ [153b:1123]
card=48 - Askey CPH03x/ Dynalink Magic TView 48 -> Askey CPH03x/ Dynalink Magic TView
card=49 - IODATA GV-BCTV3/PCI 49 -> IODATA GV-BCTV3/PCI [10fc:4020]
card=50 - Prolink PV-BT878P+4E / PixelView PlayTV PAK / Lenco MXTV-9578 CP 50 -> Prolink PV-BT878P+4E / PixelView PlayTV PAK / Lenco MXTV-9578 CP
card=51 - Eagle Wireless Capricorn2 (bt878A) 51 -> Eagle Wireless Capricorn2 (bt878A)
card=52 - Pinnacle PCTV Studio Pro 52 -> Pinnacle PCTV Studio Pro
card=53 - Typhoon TView RDS + FM Stereo / KNC1 TV Station RDS 53 -> Typhoon TView RDS + FM Stereo / KNC1 TV Station RDS
card=54 - Lifeview FlyVideo 2000 /FlyVideo A2/ Lifetec LT 9415 TV [LR90] 54 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 2000 /FlyVideo A2/ Lifetec LT 9415 TV [LR90]
card=55 - Askey CPH031/ BESTBUY Easy TV 55 -> Askey CPH031/ BESTBUY Easy TV
card=56 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 56 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98FM LR50 [a051:41a0]
card=57 - GrandTec 'Grand Video Capture' (Bt848) 57 -> GrandTec 'Grand Video Capture' (Bt848) [4344:4142]
card=58 - Askey CPH060/ Phoebe TV Master Only (No FM) 58 -> Askey CPH060/ Phoebe TV Master Only (No FM)
card=59 - Askey CPH03x TV Capturer 59 -> Askey CPH03x TV Capturer
card=60 - Modular Technology MM100PCTV 60 -> Modular Technology MM100PCTV
card=61 - AG Electronics GMV1 61 -> AG Electronics GMV1 [15cb:0101]
card=62 - Askey CPH061/ BESTBUY Easy TV (bt878) 62 -> Askey CPH061/ BESTBUY Easy TV (bt878)
card=63 - ATI TV-Wonder 63 -> ATI TV-Wonder [1002:0001]
card=64 - ATI TV-Wonder VE 64 -> ATI TV-Wonder VE [1002:0003]
card=65 - Lifeview FlyVideo 2000S LR90 65 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 2000S LR90
card=66 - Terratec TValueRadio 66 -> Terratec TValueRadio [153b:1135,153b:ff3b]
card=67 - IODATA GV-BCTV4/PCI 67 -> IODATA GV-BCTV4/PCI [10fc:4050]
card=68 - 3Dfx VoodooTV FM (Euro), VoodooTV 200 (USA) 68 -> 3Dfx VoodooTV FM (Euro), VoodooTV 200 (USA) [121a:3000,10b4:2637]
card=69 - Active Imaging AIMMS 69 -> Active Imaging AIMMS
card=70 - Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.4C,8E) 70 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.4C,8E)
card=71 - Lifeview FlyVideo 98EZ (capture only) LR51 71 -> Lifeview FlyVideo 98EZ (capture only) LR51 [1851:1851]
card=72 - Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+9B (PlayTV Pro rev.9B FM+NICAM) 72 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+9B (PlayTV Pro rev.9B FM+NICAM) [1554:4011]
card=73 - Sensoray 311 73 -> Sensoray 311 [6000:0311]
card=74 - RemoteVision MX (RV605) 74 -> RemoteVision MX (RV605)
card=75 - Powercolor MTV878/ MTV878R/ MTV878F 75 -> Powercolor MTV878/ MTV878R/ MTV878F
card=76 - Canopus WinDVR PCI (COMPAQ Presario 3524JP, 5112JP) 76 -> Canopus WinDVR PCI (COMPAQ Presario 3524JP, 5112JP) [0e11:0079]
card=77 - GrandTec Multi Capture Card (Bt878) 77 -> GrandTec Multi Capture Card (Bt878)
card=78 - Jetway TV/Capture JW-TV878-FBK, Kworld KW-TV878RF 78 -> Jetway TV/Capture JW-TV878-FBK, Kworld KW-TV878RF [0a01:17de]
card=79 - DSP Design TCVIDEO 79 -> DSP Design TCVIDEO
card=80 - Hauppauge WinTV PVR 80 -> Hauppauge WinTV PVR [0070:4500]
card=81 - IODATA GV-BCTV5/PCI 81 -> IODATA GV-BCTV5/PCI [10fc:4070,10fc:d018]
card=82 - Osprey 100/150 (878) 82 -> Osprey 100/150 (878) [0070:ff00]
card=83 - Osprey 100/150 (848) 83 -> Osprey 100/150 (848)
card=84 - Osprey 101 (848) 84 -> Osprey 101 (848)
card=85 - Osprey 101/151 85 -> Osprey 101/151
card=86 - Osprey 101/151 w/ svid 86 -> Osprey 101/151 w/ svid
card=87 - Osprey 200/201/250/251 87 -> Osprey 200/201/250/251
card=88 - Osprey 200/250 88 -> Osprey 200/250 [0070:ff01]
card=89 - Osprey 210/220 89 -> Osprey 210/220
card=90 - Osprey 500 90 -> Osprey 500 [0070:ff02]
card=91 - Osprey 540 91 -> Osprey 540 [0070:ff04]
card=92 - Osprey 2000 92 -> Osprey 2000 [0070:ff03]
card=93 - IDS Eagle 93 -> IDS Eagle
card=94 - Pinnacle PCTV Sat 94 -> Pinnacle PCTV Sat [11bd:001c]
card=95 - Formac ProTV II (bt878) 95 -> Formac ProTV II (bt878)
card=96 - MachTV 96 -> MachTV
card=97 - Euresys Picolo 97 -> Euresys Picolo
card=98 - ProVideo PV150 98 -> ProVideo PV150 [aa00:1460,aa01:1461,aa02:1462,aa03:1463,aa04:1464,aa05:1465,aa06:1466,aa07:1467]
card=99 - AD-TVK503 99 -> AD-TVK503
card=100 - Hercules Smart TV Stereo 100 -> Hercules Smart TV Stereo
card=101 - Pace TV & Radio Card 101 -> Pace TV & Radio Card
card=102 - IVC-200 102 -> IVC-200 [0000:a155,0001:a155,0002:a155,0003:a155,0100:a155,0101:a155,0102:a155,0103:a155]
card=103 - Grand X-Guard / Trust 814PCI 103 -> Grand X-Guard / Trust 814PCI [0304:0102]
card=104 - Nebula Electronics DigiTV 104 -> Nebula Electronics DigiTV [0071:0101]
card=105 - ProVideo PV143 105 -> ProVideo PV143 [aa00:1430,aa00:1431,aa00:1432,aa00:1433,aa03:1433]
card=106 - PHYTEC VD-009-X1 MiniDIN (bt878) 106 -> PHYTEC VD-009-X1 MiniDIN (bt878)
card=107 - PHYTEC VD-009-X1 Combi (bt878) 107 -> PHYTEC VD-009-X1 Combi (bt878)
card=108 - PHYTEC VD-009 MiniDIN (bt878) 108 -> PHYTEC VD-009 MiniDIN (bt878)
card=109 - PHYTEC VD-009 Combi (bt878) 109 -> PHYTEC VD-009 Combi (bt878)
card=110 - IVC-100 110 -> IVC-100 [ff00:a132]
card=111 - IVC-120G 111 -> IVC-120G [ff00:a182,ff01:a182,ff02:a182,ff03:a182,ff04:a182,ff05:a182,ff06:a182,ff07:a182,ff08:a182,ff09:a182,ff0a:a182,ff0b:a182,ff0c:a182,ff0d:a182,ff0e:a182,ff0f:a182]
card=112 - pcHDTV HD-2000 TV 112 -> pcHDTV HD-2000 TV [7063:2000]
card=113 - Twinhan DST + clones 113 -> Twinhan DST + clones [11bd:0026,1822:0001,270f:fc00]
card=114 - Winfast VC100 114 -> Winfast VC100 [107d:6607]
card=115 - Teppro TEV-560/InterVision IV-560 115 -> Teppro TEV-560/InterVision IV-560
card=116 - SIMUS GVC1100 116 -> SIMUS GVC1100 [aa6a:82b2]
card=117 - NGS NGSTV+ 117 -> NGS NGSTV+
card=118 - LMLBT4 118 -> LMLBT4
card=119 - Tekram M205 PRO 119 -> Tekram M205 PRO
card=120 - Conceptronic CONTVFMi 120 -> Conceptronic CONTVFMi
card=121 - Euresys Picolo Tetra 121 -> Euresys Picolo Tetra [1805:0105,1805:0106,1805:0107,1805:0108]
card=122 - Spirit TV Tuner 122 -> Spirit TV Tuner
card=123 - AVerMedia AVerTV DVB-T 771 123 -> AVerMedia AVerTV DVB-T 771 [1461:0771]
card=124 - AverMedia AverTV DVB-T 761 124 -> AverMedia AverTV DVB-T 761 [1461:0761]
card=125 - MATRIX Vision Sigma-SQ 125 -> MATRIX Vision Sigma-SQ
card=126 - MATRIX Vision Sigma-SLC 126 -> MATRIX Vision Sigma-SLC
card=127 - APAC Viewcomp 878(AMAX) 127 -> APAC Viewcomp 878(AMAX)
card=128 - DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite 128 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Lite [18ac:db10]
card=129 - V-Gear MyVCD 129 -> V-Gear MyVCD
card=130 - Super TV Tuner 130 -> Super TV Tuner
card=131 - Tibet Systems 'Progress DVR' CS16 131 -> Tibet Systems 'Progress DVR' CS16
card=132 - Kodicom 4400R (master) 132 -> Kodicom 4400R (master)
card=133 - Kodicom 4400R (slave) 133 -> Kodicom 4400R (slave)
card=134 - Adlink RTV24 134 -> Adlink RTV24
card=135 - DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Lite 135 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Lite [18ac:d500]
card=136 - Acorp Y878F 136 -> Acorp Y878F [9511:1540]
137 -> Conceptronic CTVFMi v2
138 -> Prolink Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev.2E)
139 -> Prolink PixelView PlayTV MPEG2 PV-M4900
140 -> Osprey 440 [0070:ff07]
141 -> Asound Skyeye PCTV

69
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88
View File

@ -1,32 +1,37 @@
card=0 - UNKNOWN/GENERIC 0 -> UNKNOWN/GENERIC
card=1 - Hauppauge WinTV 34xxx models 1 -> Hauppauge WinTV 34xxx models [0070:3400,0070:3401]
card=2 - GDI Black Gold 2 -> GDI Black Gold [14c7:0106,14c7:0107]
card=3 - PixelView 3 -> PixelView [1554:4811]
card=4 - ATI TV Wonder Pro 4 -> ATI TV Wonder Pro [1002:00f8]
card=5 - Leadtek Winfast 2000XP Expert 5 -> Leadtek Winfast 2000XP Expert [107d:6611,107d:6613]
card=6 - AverTV Studio 303 (M126) 6 -> AverTV Studio 303 (M126) [1461:000b]
card=7 - MSI TV-@nywhere Master 7 -> MSI TV-@nywhere Master [1462:8606]
card=8 - Leadtek Winfast DV2000 8 -> Leadtek Winfast DV2000 [107d:6620]
card=9 - Leadtek PVR 2000 9 -> Leadtek PVR 2000 [107d:663b,107d:663C]
card=10 - IODATA GV-VCP3/PCI 10 -> IODATA GV-VCP3/PCI [10fc:d003]
card=11 - Prolink PlayTV PVR 11 -> Prolink PlayTV PVR
card=12 - ASUS PVR-416 12 -> ASUS PVR-416 [1043:4823]
card=13 - MSI TV-@nywhere 13 -> MSI TV-@nywhere
card=14 - KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T 14 -> KWorld/VStream XPert DVB-T [17de:08a6]
card=15 - DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T1 15 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T1 [18ac:db00]
card=16 - KWorld LTV883RF 16 -> KWorld LTV883RF
card=17 - DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-Q 17 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-Q [18ac:d810]
card=18 - Hauppauge Nova-T DVB-T 18 -> Hauppauge Nova-T DVB-T [0070:9002]
card=19 - Conexant DVB-T reference design 19 -> Conexant DVB-T reference design [14f1:0187]
card=20 - Provideo PV259 20 -> Provideo PV259 [1540:2580]
card=21 - DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Plus 21 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Plus [18ac:db10]
card=22 - digitalnow DNTV Live! DVB-T 22 -> pcHDTV HD3000 HDTV [7063:3000]
card=23 - pcHDTV HD3000 HDTV 23 -> digitalnow DNTV Live! DVB-T [17de:a8a6]
card=24 - Hauppauge WinTV 28xxx (Roslyn) models 24 -> Hauppauge WinTV 28xxx (Roslyn) models [0070:2801]
card=25 - Digital-Logic MICROSPACE Entertainment Center (MEC) 25 -> Digital-Logic MICROSPACE Entertainment Center (MEC) [14f1:0342]
card=26 - IODATA GV/BCTV7E 26 -> IODATA GV/BCTV7E [10fc:d035]
card=27 - PixelView PlayTV Ultra Pro (Stereo) 27 -> PixelView PlayTV Ultra Pro (Stereo)
card=28 - DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-T 28 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-T [18ac:d820]
card=29 - ADS Tech Instant TV DVB-T PCI 29 -> ADS Tech Instant TV DVB-T PCI [1421:0334]
card=30 - TerraTec Cinergy 1400 DVB-T 30 -> TerraTec Cinergy 1400 DVB-T [153b:1166]
card=31 - DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Gold 31 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 Gold [18ac:d500]
32 -> AverMedia UltraTV Media Center PCI 550 [1461:8011]
33 -> Kworld V-Stream Xpert DVD
34 -> ATI HDTV Wonder [1002:a101]
35 -> WinFast DTV1000-T [107d:665f]
36 -> AVerTV 303 (M126) [1461:000a]

10
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
0 -> Unknown EM2800 video grabber (em2800) [eb1a:2800]
1 -> Unknown EM2820/2840 video grabber (em2820/em2840)
2 -> Terratec Cinergy 250 USB (em2820/em2840) [0ccd:0036]
3 -> Pinnacle PCTV USB 2 (em2820/em2840) [2304:0208]
4 -> Hauppauge WinTV USB 2 (em2820/em2840) [2040:4200]
5 -> MSI VOX USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) [eb1a:2820]
6 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 USB (em2800)
7 -> Leadtek Winfast USB II (em2800)
8 -> Kworld USB2800 (em2800)
9 -> Pinnacle Dazzle DVC 90 (em2820/em2840) [2304:0207]

29
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134
View File

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
5 -> SKNet Monster TV [1131:4e85] 5 -> SKNet Monster TV [1131:4e85]
6 -> Tevion MD 9717 6 -> Tevion MD 9717
7 -> KNC One TV-Station RDS / Typhoon TV Tuner RDS [1131:fe01,1894:fe01] 7 -> KNC One TV-Station RDS / Typhoon TV Tuner RDS [1131:fe01,1894:fe01]
8 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 TV [153B:1142] 8 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 TV [153b:1142]
9 -> Medion 5044 9 -> Medion 5044
10 -> Kworld/KuroutoShikou SAA7130-TVPCI 10 -> Kworld/KuroutoShikou SAA7130-TVPCI
11 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV [153B:1143] 11 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV [153b:1143]
12 -> Medion 7134 [16be:0003] 12 -> Medion 7134 [16be:0003]
13 -> Typhoon TV+Radio 90031 13 -> Typhoon TV+Radio 90031
14 -> ELSA EX-VISION 300TV [1048:226b] 14 -> ELSA EX-VISION 300TV [1048:226b]
@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
35 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 305 [1461:2115] 35 -> AverMedia AverTV Studio 305 [1461:2115]
36 -> UPMOST PURPLE TV [12ab:0800] 36 -> UPMOST PURPLE TV [12ab:0800]
37 -> Items MuchTV Plus / IT-005 37 -> Items MuchTV Plus / IT-005
38 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 TV [153B:1152] 38 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 TV [153b:1152]
39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini [5168:0212] 39 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini [5168:0212,4e42:0212]
40 -> Compro VideoMate TV PVR/FM [185b:c100] 40 -> Compro VideoMate TV PVR/FM [185b:c100]
41 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+ [185b:c100] 41 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+ [185b:c100]
42 -> Sabrent SBT-TVFM (saa7130) 42 -> Sabrent SBT-TVFM (saa7130)
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
45 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 307 [1461:9715] 45 -> Avermedia AVerTV Studio 307 [1461:9715]
46 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E500) [1461:d6ee] 46 -> AVerMedia Cardbus TV/Radio (E500) [1461:d6ee]
47 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 mobile [153b:1162] 47 -> Terratec Cinergy 400 mobile [153b:1162]
48 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV MK3 [153B:1158] 48 -> Terratec Cinergy 600 TV MK3 [153b:1158]
49 -> Compro VideoMate Gold+ Pal [185b:c200] 49 -> Compro VideoMate Gold+ Pal [185b:c200]
50 -> Pinnacle PCTV 300i DVB-T + PAL [11bd:002d] 50 -> Pinnacle PCTV 300i DVB-T + PAL [11bd:002d]
51 -> ProVideo PV952 [1540:9524] 51 -> ProVideo PV952 [1540:9524]
@ -56,12 +56,27 @@
55 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T DUO [5168:0502,5168:0306] 55 -> LifeView FlyDVB-T DUO [5168:0502,5168:0306]
56 -> Avermedia AVerTV 307 [1461:a70a] 56 -> Avermedia AVerTV 307 [1461:a70a]
57 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM [1461:f31f] 57 -> Avermedia AVerTV GO 007 FM [1461:f31f]
58 -> ADS Tech Instant TV (saa7135) [1421:0350,1421:0370] 58 -> ADS Tech Instant TV (saa7135) [1421:0350,1421:0370,1421:1370]
59 -> Kworld/Tevion V-Stream Xpert TV PVR7134 59 -> Kworld/Tevion V-Stream Xpert TV PVR7134
60 -> Typhoon DVB-T Duo Digital/Analog Cardbus [4e42:0502] 60 -> Typhoon DVB-T Duo Digital/Analog Cardbus [4e42:0502]
61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design [1131:2004] 61 -> Philips TOUGH DVB-T reference design [1131:2004]
62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II 62 -> Compro VideoMate TV Gold+II
63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134 63 -> Kworld Xpert TV PVR7134
64 -> FlyTV mini Asus Digimatrix [1043:0210,1043:0210] 64 -> FlyTV mini Asus Digimatrix [1043:0210]
65 -> V-Stream Studio TV Terminator 65 -> V-Stream Studio TV Terminator
66 -> Yuan TUN-900 (saa7135) 66 -> Yuan TUN-900 (saa7135)
67 -> Beholder BeholdTV 409 FM [0000:4091]
68 -> GoTView 7135 PCI [5456:7135]
69 -> Philips EUROPA V3 reference design [1131:2004]
70 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T300 [185b:c900]
71 -> Compro Videomate DVB-T200 [185b:c901]
72 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7350 [1435:7350]
73 -> RTD Embedded Technologies VFG7330 [1435:7330]
74 -> LifeView FlyTV Platinum Mini2 [14c0:1212]
75 -> AVerMedia AVerTVHD MCE A180 [1461:1044]
76 -> SKNet MonsterTV Mobile [1131:4ee9]
77 -> Pinnacle PCTV 110i (saa7133) [11bd:002e]
78 -> ASUSTeK P7131 Dual [1043:4862]
79 -> Sedna/MuchTV PC TV Cardbus TV/Radio (ITO25 Rev:2B)
80 -> ASUS Digimatrix TV [1043:0210]
81 -> Philips Tiger reference design [1131:2018]

4
Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner
View File

@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ tuner=51 - Philips PAL/SECAM_D (FM 1256 I-H3)
tuner=52 - Thomson DDT 7610 (ATSC/NTSC) tuner=52 - Thomson DDT 7610 (ATSC/NTSC)
tuner=53 - Philips FQ1286 tuner=53 - Philips FQ1286
tuner=54 - tda8290+75 tuner=54 - tda8290+75
tuner=55 - LG PAL (TAPE series) tuner=55 - TCL 2002MB
tuner=56 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FQ1216AME MK4) tuner=56 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FQ1216AME MK4)
tuner=57 - Philips FQ1236A MK4 tuner=57 - Philips FQ1236A MK4
tuner=58 - Ymec TVision TVF-8531MF/8831MF/8731MF tuner=58 - Ymec TVision TVF-8531MF/8831MF/8731MF
@ -65,3 +65,5 @@ tuner=63 - Philips FMD1216ME MK3 Hybrid Tuner
tuner=64 - LG TDVS-H062F/TUA6034 tuner=64 - LG TDVS-H062F/TUA6034
tuner=65 - Ymec TVF66T5-B/DFF tuner=65 - Ymec TVF66T5-B/DFF
tuner=66 - LG NTSC (TALN mini series) tuner=66 - LG NTSC (TALN mini series)
tuner=67 - Philips TD1316 Hybrid Tuner
tuner=68 - Philips TUV1236D ATSC/NTSC dual in

8
Documentation/video4linux/README.cx88
View File

@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ audio
- The chip specs for the on-chip TV sound decoder are next - The chip specs for the on-chip TV sound decoder are next
to useless :-/ to useless :-/
- Neverless the builtin TV sound decoder starts working now, - Neverless the builtin TV sound decoder starts working now,
at least for PAL-BG. Other TV norms need other code ... at least for PAL-BG. Other TV norms need other code ...
FOR ANY REPORTS ON THIS PLEASE MENTION THE TV NORM YOU ARE FOR ANY REPORTS ON THIS PLEASE MENTION THE TV NORM YOU ARE
USING. USING.
- Most tuner chips do provide mono sound, which may or may not - Most tuner chips do provide mono sound, which may or may not
be useable depending on the board design. With the Hauppauge be useable depending on the board design. With the Hauppauge
cards it works, so there is mono sound available as fallback. cards it works, so there is mono sound available as fallback.
@ -65,5 +65,5 @@ Have fun,
Gerd Gerd
-- --
Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs] Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs]

2
Documentation/video4linux/README.saa7134
View File

@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ Have fun,
Gerd Gerd
-- --
Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs] Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> [SuSE Labs]

18
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Cards
View File

@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ Lifeview Flyvideo Series:
2) There is a print on the PCB: 2) There is a print on the PCB:
LR25 = Flyvideo (Zoran ZR36120, SAA7110A) LR25 = Flyvideo (Zoran ZR36120, SAA7110A)
LR26 Rev.N = Flyvideo II (Bt848) LR26 Rev.N = Flyvideo II (Bt848)
Rev.O = Flyvideo II (Bt878) Rev.O = Flyvideo II (Bt878)
LR37 Rev.C = Flyvideo EZ (Capture only, ZR36120 + SAA7110) LR37 Rev.C = Flyvideo EZ (Capture only, ZR36120 + SAA7110)
LR38 Rev.A1= Flyvideo II EZ (Bt848 capture only) LR38 Rev.A1= Flyvideo II EZ (Bt848 capture only)
LR50 Rev.Q = Flyvideo 98 (w/eeprom and PCI subsystem ID) LR50 Rev.Q = Flyvideo 98 (w/eeprom and PCI subsystem ID)
Rev.W = Flyvideo 98 (no eeprom) Rev.W = Flyvideo 98 (no eeprom)
LR51 Rev.E = Flyvideo 98 EZ (capture only) LR51 Rev.E = Flyvideo 98 EZ (capture only)
LR90 = Flyvideo 2000 (Bt878) LR90 = Flyvideo 2000 (Bt878)
Flyvideo 2000S (Bt878) w/Stereo TV (Package incl. LR91 daughterboard) Flyvideo 2000S (Bt878) w/Stereo TV (Package incl. LR91 daughterboard)
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Lifeview Flyvideo Series:
LR136 = Flyvideo 2100/3100 (Low profile, SAA7130/SAA7134) LR136 = Flyvideo 2100/3100 (Low profile, SAA7130/SAA7134)
LR137 = Flyvideo DV2000/DV3000 (SAA7130/SAA7134 + IEEE1394) LR137 = Flyvideo DV2000/DV3000 (SAA7130/SAA7134 + IEEE1394)
LR138 Rev.C= Flyvideo 2000 (SAA7130) LR138 Rev.C= Flyvideo 2000 (SAA7130)
or Flyvideo 3000 (SAA7134) w/Stereo TV or Flyvideo 3000 (SAA7134) w/Stereo TV
These exist in variations w/FM and w/Remote sometimes denoted These exist in variations w/FM and w/Remote sometimes denoted
by suffixes "FM" and "R". by suffixes "FM" and "R".
3) You have a laptop (miniPCI card): 3) You have a laptop (miniPCI card):
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Typhoon TV card series:
50680 "TV Tuner Pal BG" (blue package)= Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev 9B) 50680 "TV Tuner Pal BG" (blue package)= Pixelview PV-BT878P+ (Rev 9B)
50681 "TV Tuner PCI Pal I" (variant of 50680) 50681 "TV Tuner PCI Pal I" (variant of 50680)
50682 "TView TV/FM Tuner Pal BG" = Flyvideo 98FM (LR50 Rev.Q) 50682 "TView TV/FM Tuner Pal BG" = Flyvideo 98FM (LR50 Rev.Q)
Note: The package has a picture of CPH05x (which would be a real TView) Note: The package has a picture of CPH05x (which would be a real TView)
50683 "TV Tuner PCI SECAM" (variant of 50680) 50683 "TV Tuner PCI SECAM" (variant of 50680)
50684 "TV Tuner Pal BG" = Pixelview 878TV(Rev.3D) 50684 "TV Tuner Pal BG" = Pixelview 878TV(Rev.3D)
50686 "TV Tuner" = KNC1 TV Station 50686 "TV Tuner" = KNC1 TV Station
@ -418,9 +418,9 @@ Lifetec/Medion/Tevion/Aldi
-------------------------- --------------------------
LT9306/MD9306 = CPH061 LT9306/MD9306 = CPH061
LT9415/MD9415 = LR90 Rev.F or Rev.G LT9415/MD9415 = LR90 Rev.F or Rev.G
MD9592 = Avermedia TVphone98 (PCI_ID=1461:0003), PCB-Rev=M168II-B (w/TDA9873H) MD9592 = Avermedia TVphone98 (PCI_ID=1461:0003), PCB-Rev=M168II-B (w/TDA9873H)
MD9717 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216 MK2 tuner) MD9717 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216 MK2 tuner)
MD5044 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216ME MK3 tuner) MD5044 = KNC One (Rev D4, saa7134, FM1216ME MK3 tuner)
Modular Technologies (www.modulartech.com) UK Modular Technologies (www.modulartech.com) UK
--------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
@ -453,10 +453,10 @@ Technisat
Discos ADR PC-Karte ISA (no TV!) Discos ADR PC-Karte ISA (no TV!)
Discos ADR PC-Karte PCI (probably no TV?) Discos ADR PC-Karte PCI (probably no TV?)
Techni-PC-Sat (Sat. analog) Techni-PC-Sat (Sat. analog)
Rev 1.2 (zr36120, vpx3220, stv0030, saa5246, BSJE3-494A) Rev 1.2 (zr36120, vpx3220, stv0030, saa5246, BSJE3-494A)
Mediafocus I (zr36120/zr36125, drp3510, Sat. analog + ADR Radio) Mediafocus I (zr36120/zr36125, drp3510, Sat. analog + ADR Radio)
Mediafocus II (saa7146, Sat. analog) Mediafocus II (saa7146, Sat. analog)
SatADR Rev 2.1 (saa7146a, saa7113h, stv0056a, msp3400c, drp3510a, BSKE3-307A) SatADR Rev 2.1 (saa7146a, saa7113h, stv0056a, msp3400c, drp3510a, BSKE3-307A)
SkyStar 1 DVB (AV7110) = Technotrend Premium SkyStar 1 DVB (AV7110) = Technotrend Premium
SkyStar 2 DVB (B2C2) (=Sky2PC) SkyStar 2 DVB (B2C2) (=Sky2PC)

6
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README
View File

@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ bttv uses the PCI Subsystem ID to autodetect the card type. lspci lists
the Subsystem ID in the second line, looks like this: the Subsystem ID in the second line, looks like this:
00:0a.0 Multimedia video controller: Brooktree Corporation Bt878 (rev 02) 00:0a.0 Multimedia video controller: Brooktree Corporation Bt878 (rev 02)
Subsystem: Hauppauge computer works Inc. WinTV/GO Subsystem: Hauppauge computer works Inc. WinTV/GO
Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 32, IRQ 5 Flags: bus master, medium devsel, latency 32, IRQ 5
Memory at e2000000 (32-bit, prefetchable) [size=4K] Memory at e2000000 (32-bit, prefetchable) [size=4K]
only bt878-based cards can have a subsystem ID (which does not mean only bt878-based cards can have a subsystem ID (which does not mean
that every card really has one). bt848 cards can't have a Subsystem that every card really has one). bt848 cards can't have a Subsystem

6
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/README.freeze
View File

@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ information out of a register+stack dump printed by the kernel on
protection faults (so-called "kernel oops"). protection faults (so-called "kernel oops").
If you run into some kind of deadlock, you can try to dump a call trace If you run into some kind of deadlock, you can try to dump a call trace
for each process using sysrq-t (see Documentation/sysrq.txt). ksymoops for each process using sysrq-t (see Documentation/sysrq.txt).
will translate these dumps into kernel symbols too. This way it is This way it is possible to figure where *exactly* some process in "D"
possible to figure where *exactly* some process in "D" state is stuck. state is stuck.
I've seen reports that bttv 0.7.x crashes whereas 0.8.x works rock solid I've seen reports that bttv 0.7.x crashes whereas 0.8.x works rock solid
for some people. Thus probably a small buglet left somewhere in bttv for some people. Thus probably a small buglet left somewhere in bttv

12
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Sound-FAQ
View File

@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ line for your board. The important fields are these two:
struct tvcard struct tvcard
{ {
[ ... ] [ ... ]
u32 gpiomask; u32 gpiomask;
u32 audiomux[6]; /* Tuner, Radio, external, internal, mute, stereo */ u32 audiomux[6]; /* Tuner, Radio, external, internal, mute, stereo */
}; };
gpiomask specifies which pins are used to control the audio mux chip. gpiomask specifies which pins are used to control the audio mux chip.
@ -126,11 +126,11 @@ muxsel - video mux, input->registervalue mapping
pll - same as pll= insmod option pll - same as pll= insmod option
tuner_type - same as tuner= insmod option tuner_type - same as tuner= insmod option
*_modulename - hint whenever some card needs this or that audio *_modulename - hint whenever some card needs this or that audio
module loaded to work properly. module loaded to work properly.
has_radio - whenever this TV card has a radio tuner. has_radio - whenever this TV card has a radio tuner.
no_msp34xx - "1" disables loading of msp3400.o module no_msp34xx - "1" disables loading of msp3400.o module
no_tda9875 - "1" disables loading of tda9875.o module no_tda9875 - "1" disables loading of tda9875.o module
needs_tvaudio - set to "1" to load tvaudio.o module needs_tvaudio - set to "1" to load tvaudio.o module
If some config item is specified both from the tvcards array and as If some config item is specified both from the tvcards array and as
insmod option, the insmod option takes precedence. insmod option, the insmod option takes precedence.
@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ Good luck,
PS: If you have a new working entry, mail it to me. PS: If you have a new working entry, mail it to me.
-- --
Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>

4
Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Tuners
View File

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ SAMSUNG Tuner identification: (e.g. TCPM9091PD27)
J= NTSC-Japan J= NTSC-Japan
L= Secam LL L= Secam LL
M= BG+I+DK M= BG+I+DK
N= NTSC N= NTSC
Q= BG+I+DK+LL Q= BG+I+DK+LL
[89]: ? [89]: ?
[125]: [125]:
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ LG Innotek Tuner:
TADC-H002F: NTSC (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69) TADC-H002F: NTSC (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69)
TADC-M201D: PAL D/K+B/G+I (L,143/425) (sound control at I2C address 0xc8) TADC-M201D: PAL D/K+B/G+I (L,143/425) (sound control at I2C address 0xc8)
TADC-T003F: NTSC Taiwan (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69) TADC-T003F: NTSC Taiwan (L,175/410?; 2-B, C-W+11, W+12-69)
Suffix: Suffix:
P= Standard phono female socket P= Standard phono female socket
D= IEC female socket D= IEC female socket
F= F-connector F= F-connector

58
Documentation/video4linux/lifeview.txt
View File

@ -10,33 +10,33 @@ bt878:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
saa7134: saa7134:
/* LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM (LR214WF) */ /* LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM (LR214WF) */
/* "Peter Missel <peter.missel@onlinehome.de> */ /* "Peter Missel <peter.missel@onlinehome.de> */
.name = "LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM", .name = "LifeView FlyTV Platinum FM",
/* GP27 MDT2005 PB4 pin 10 */ /* GP27 MDT2005 PB4 pin 10 */
/* GP26 MDT2005 PB3 pin 9 */ /* GP26 MDT2005 PB3 pin 9 */
/* GP25 MDT2005 PB2 pin 8 */ /* GP25 MDT2005 PB2 pin 8 */
/* GP23 MDT2005 PB1 pin 7 */ /* GP23 MDT2005 PB1 pin 7 */
/* GP22 MDT2005 PB0 pin 6 */ /* GP22 MDT2005 PB0 pin 6 */
/* GP21 MDT2005 PB5 pin 11 */ /* GP21 MDT2005 PB5 pin 11 */
/* GP20 MDT2005 PB6 pin 12 */ /* GP20 MDT2005 PB6 pin 12 */
/* GP19 MDT2005 PB7 pin 13 */ /* GP19 MDT2005 PB7 pin 13 */
/* nc MDT2005 PA3 pin 2 */ /* nc MDT2005 PA3 pin 2 */
/* Remote MDT2005 PA2 pin 1 */ /* Remote MDT2005 PA2 pin 1 */
/* GP18 MDT2005 PA1 pin 18 */ /* GP18 MDT2005 PA1 pin 18 */
/* nc MDT2005 PA0 pin 17 strap low */ /* nc MDT2005 PA0 pin 17 strap low */
/* GP17 Strap "GP7"=High */ /* GP17 Strap "GP7"=High */
/* GP16 Strap "GP6"=High /* GP16 Strap "GP6"=High
0=Radio 1=TV 0=Radio 1=TV
Drives SA630D ENCH1 and HEF4052 A1 pins Drives SA630D ENCH1 and HEF4052 A1 pins
to do FM radio through SIF input */ to do FM radio through SIF input */
/* GP15 nc */ /* GP15 nc */
/* GP14 nc */ /* GP14 nc */
/* GP13 nc */ /* GP13 nc */
/* GP12 Strap "GP5" = High */ /* GP12 Strap "GP5" = High */
/* GP11 Strap "GP4" = High */ /* GP11 Strap "GP4" = High */
/* GP10 Strap "GP3" = High */ /* GP10 Strap "GP3" = High */
/* GP09 Strap "GP2" = Low */ /* GP09 Strap "GP2" = Low */
/* GP08 Strap "GP1" = Low */ /* GP08 Strap "GP1" = Low */
/* GP07.00 nc */ /* GP07.00 nc */

25
Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
View File

@ -13,12 +13,13 @@ This optimization is more critical now as bigger and bigger physical memories
Users can use the huge page support in Linux kernel by either using the mmap Users can use the huge page support in Linux kernel by either using the mmap
system call or standard SYSv shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat). system call or standard SYSv shared memory system calls (shmget, shmat).
First the Linux kernel needs to be built with CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE (present First the Linux kernel needs to be built with the CONFIG_HUGETLBFS
under Processor types and feature) and CONFIG_HUGETLBFS (present under file (present under "File systems") and CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE (selected
system option on config menu) config options. automatically when CONFIG_HUGETLBFS is selected) configuration
options.
The kernel built with hugepage support should show the number of configured The kernel built with hugepage support should show the number of configured
hugepages in the system by running the "cat /proc/meminfo" command. hugepages in the system by running the "cat /proc/meminfo" command.
/proc/meminfo also provides information about the total number of hugetlb /proc/meminfo also provides information about the total number of hugetlb
pages configured in the kernel. It also displays information about the pages configured in the kernel. It also displays information about the
@ -38,19 +39,19 @@ in the kernel.
/proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured hugetlb /proc/sys/vm/nr_hugepages indicates the current number of configured hugetlb
pages in the kernel. Super user can dynamically request more (or free some pages in the kernel. Super user can dynamically request more (or free some
pre-configured) hugepages. pre-configured) hugepages.
The allocation( or deallocation) of hugetlb pages is posible only if there are The allocation (or deallocation) of hugetlb pages is possible only if there are
enough physically contiguous free pages in system (freeing of hugepages is enough physically contiguous free pages in system (freeing of hugepages is
possible only if there are enough hugetlb pages free that can be transfered possible only if there are enough hugetlb pages free that can be transfered
back to regular memory pool). back to regular memory pool).
Pages that are used as hugetlb pages are reserved inside the kernel and can Pages that are used as hugetlb pages are reserved inside the kernel and can
not be used for other purposes. not be used for other purposes.
Once the kernel with Hugetlb page support is built and running, a user can Once the kernel with Hugetlb page support is built and running, a user can
use either the mmap system call or shared memory system calls to start using use either the mmap system call or shared memory system calls to start using
the huge pages. It is required that the system administrator preallocate the huge pages. It is required that the system administrator preallocate
enough memory for huge page purposes. enough memory for huge page purposes.
Use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate hugepages: Use the following command to dynamically allocate/deallocate hugepages:
@ -80,9 +81,9 @@ memory (huge pages) allowed for that filesystem (/mnt/huge). The size is
rounded down to HPAGE_SIZE. The option nr_inode sets the maximum number of rounded down to HPAGE_SIZE. The option nr_inode sets the maximum number of
inodes that /mnt/huge can use. If the size or nr_inode options are not inodes that /mnt/huge can use. If the size or nr_inode options are not
provided on command line then no limits are set. For size and nr_inodes provided on command line then no limits are set. For size and nr_inodes
options, you can use [G|g]/[M|m]/[K|k] to represent giga/mega/kilo. For options, you can use [G|g]/[M|m]/[K|k] to represent giga/mega/kilo. For
example, size=2K has the same meaning as size=2048. An example is given at example, size=2K has the same meaning as size=2048. An example is given at
the end of this document. the end of this document.
read and write system calls are not supported on files that reside on hugetlb read and write system calls are not supported on files that reside on hugetlb
file systems. file systems.

64
MAINTAINERS
View File

@ -297,6 +297,11 @@ P: Richard Purdie
M: rpurdie@rpsys.net M: rpurdie@rpsys.net
S: Maintained S: Maintained
ARM/TOSA MACHINE SUPPORT
P: Dirk Opfer
M: dirk@opfer-online.de
S: Maintained
ARM/PLEB SUPPORT ARM/PLEB SUPPORT
P: Peter Chubb P: Peter Chubb
M: pleb@gelato.unsw.edu.au M: pleb@gelato.unsw.edu.au
@ -910,6 +915,15 @@ L: linux-fbdev-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
W: http://linux-fbdev.sourceforge.net/ W: http://linux-fbdev.sourceforge.net/
S: Maintained S: Maintained
FREESCALE SOC FS_ENET DRIVER
P: Pantelis Antoniou
M: pantelis.antoniou@gmail.com
P: Vitaly Bordug
M: vbordug@ru.mvista.com
L: linuxppc-embedded@ozlabs.org
L: netdev@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
FILE LOCKING (flock() and fcntl()/lockf()) FILE LOCKING (flock() and fcntl()/lockf())
P: Matthew Wilcox P: Matthew Wilcox
M: matthew@wil.cx M: matthew@wil.cx
@ -1063,6 +1077,26 @@ P: Jaroslav Kysela
M: perex@suse.cz M: perex@suse.cz
S: Maintained S: Maintained
HPET: High Precision Event Timers driver (hpet.c)
P: Clemens Ladisch
M: clemens@ladisch.de
S: Maintained
HPET: i386
P: Venkatesh Pallipadi (Venki)
M: venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com
S: Maintained
HPET: x86_64
P: Andi Kleen and Vojtech Pavlik
M: ak@muc.de and vojtech@suse.cz
S: Maintained
HPET: ACPI hpet.c
P: Bob Picco
M: bob.picco@hp.com
S: Maintained
HPFS FILESYSTEM HPFS FILESYSTEM
P: Mikulas Patocka P: Mikulas Patocka
M: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz M: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
@ -1296,6 +1330,24 @@ M: john.ronciak@intel.com
W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000/ W: http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000/
S: Supported S: Supported
INTEL PRO/WIRELESS 2100 NETWORK CONNECTION SUPPORT
P: Yi Zhu
M: yi.zhu@intel.com
P: James Ketrenos
M: jketreno@linux.intel.com
L: http://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/ipw2100-devel
W: http://ipw2100.sourceforge.net
S: Supported
INTEL PRO/WIRELESS 2915ABG NETWORK CONNECTION SUPPORT
P: Yi Zhu
M: yi.zhu@intel.com
P: James Ketrenos
M: jketreno@linux.intel.com
L: http://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/ipw2100-devel
W: http://ipw2200.sourceforge.net
S: Supported
IOC3 DRIVER IOC3 DRIVER
P: Ralf Baechle P: Ralf Baechle
M: ralf@linux-mips.org M: ralf@linux-mips.org
@ -2037,6 +2089,12 @@ P: Matt Mackall
M: mpm@selenic.com M: mpm@selenic.com
S: Maintained S: Maintained
RAPIDIO SUBSYSTEM
P: Matt Porter
M: mporter@kernel.crashing.org
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained
REAL TIME CLOCK DRIVER REAL TIME CLOCK DRIVER
P: Paul Gortmaker P: Paul Gortmaker
M: p_gortmaker@yahoo.com M: p_gortmaker@yahoo.com
@ -2441,10 +2499,10 @@ L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
S: Maintained S: Maintained
TRIVIAL PATCHES TRIVIAL PATCHES
P: Rusty Russell P: Adrian Bunk
M: trivial@rustcorp.com.au M: trivial@kernel.org
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/trivial/ W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/bunk/trivial/
S: Maintained S: Maintained
TMS380 TOKEN-RING NETWORK DRIVER TMS380 TOKEN-RING NETWORK DRIVER

10
Makefile
View File

@ -346,7 +346,8 @@ AFLAGS_KERNEL =
# Use LINUXINCLUDE when you must reference the include/ directory. # Use LINUXINCLUDE when you must reference the include/ directory.
# Needed to be compatible with the O= option # Needed to be compatible with the O= option
LINUXINCLUDE := -Iinclude \ LINUXINCLUDE := -Iinclude \
$(if $(KBUILD_SRC),-Iinclude2 -I$(srctree)/include) $(if $(KBUILD_SRC),-Iinclude2 -I$(srctree)/include) \
-imacros include/linux/autoconf.h
CPPFLAGS := -D__KERNEL__ $(LINUXINCLUDE) CPPFLAGS := -D__KERNEL__ $(LINUXINCLUDE)
@ -582,7 +583,7 @@ export MODLIB
ifeq ($(KBUILD_EXTMOD),) ifeq ($(KBUILD_EXTMOD),)
core-y += kernel/ mm/ fs/ ipc/ security/ crypto/ core-y += kernel/ mm/ fs/ ipc/ security/ crypto/ block/
vmlinux-dirs := $(patsubst %/,%,$(filter %/, $(init-y) $(init-m) \ vmlinux-dirs := $(patsubst %/,%,$(filter %/, $(init-y) $(init-m) \
$(core-y) $(core-m) $(drivers-y) $(drivers-m) \ $(core-y) $(core-m) $(drivers-y) $(drivers-m) \
@ -1249,11 +1250,6 @@ tags: FORCE
# Scripts to check various things for consistency # Scripts to check various things for consistency
# --------------------------------------------------------------------------- # ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
configcheck:
find * $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
-name '*.[hcS]' -type f -print | sort \
| xargs $(PERL) -w scripts/checkconfig.pl
includecheck: includecheck:
find * $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \ find * $(RCS_FIND_IGNORE) \
-name '*.[hcS]' -type f -print | sort \ -name '*.[hcS]' -type f -print | sort \

10
arch/alpha/kernel/process.c
View File

@ -43,21 +43,17 @@
#include "proto.h" #include "proto.h"
#include "pci_impl.h" #include "pci_impl.h"
void default_idle(void)
{
barrier();
}
void void
cpu_idle(void) cpu_idle(void)
{ {
set_thread_flag(TIF_POLLING_NRFLAG);
while (1) { while (1) {
void (*idle)(void) = default_idle;
/* FIXME -- EV6 and LCA45 know how to power down /* FIXME -- EV6 and LCA45 know how to power down
the CPU. */ the CPU. */
while (!need_resched()) while (!need_resched())
idle(); cpu_relax();
schedule(); schedule();
} }
} }

24
arch/arm/Kconfig
View File

@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ menu "Kernel Features"
config SMP config SMP
bool "Symmetric Multi-Processing (EXPERIMENTAL)" bool "Symmetric Multi-Processing (EXPERIMENTAL)"
depends on EXPERIMENTAL && BROKEN #&& n depends on EXPERIMENTAL && REALVIEW_MPCORE
help help
This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have This enables support for systems with more than one CPU. If you have
a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If a system with only one CPU, like most personal computers, say N. If
@ -349,6 +349,23 @@ config NR_CPUS
depends on SMP depends on SMP
default "4" default "4"
config HOTPLUG_CPU
bool "Support for hot-pluggable CPUs (EXPERIMENTAL)"
depends on SMP && HOTPLUG && EXPERIMENTAL
help
Say Y here to experiment with turning CPUs off and on. CPUs
can be controlled through /sys/devices/system/cpu.
config LOCAL_TIMERS
bool "Use local timer interrupts"
depends on SMP && REALVIEW_MPCORE
default y
help
Enable support for local timers on SMP platforms, rather then the
legacy IPI broadcast method. Local timers allows the system
accounting to be spread across the timer interval, preventing a
"thundering herd" at every timer tick.
config PREEMPT config PREEMPT
bool "Preemptible Kernel (EXPERIMENTAL)" bool "Preemptible Kernel (EXPERIMENTAL)"
depends on EXPERIMENTAL depends on EXPERIMENTAL
@ -578,7 +595,7 @@ config FPE_NWFPE
config FPE_NWFPE_XP config FPE_NWFPE_XP
bool "Support extended precision" bool "Support extended precision"
depends on FPE_NWFPE && !CPU_BIG_ENDIAN depends on FPE_NWFPE
help help
Say Y to include 80-bit support in the kernel floating-point Say Y to include 80-bit support in the kernel floating-point
emulator. Otherwise, only 32 and 64-bit support is compiled in. emulator. Otherwise, only 32 and 64-bit support is compiled in.
@ -697,8 +714,7 @@ source "drivers/acorn/block/Kconfig"
if PCMCIA || ARCH_CLPS7500 || ARCH_IOP3XX || ARCH_IXP4XX \ if PCMCIA || ARCH_CLPS7500 || ARCH_IOP3XX || ARCH_IXP4XX \
|| ARCH_L7200 || ARCH_LH7A40X || ARCH_PXA || ARCH_RPC \ || ARCH_L7200 || ARCH_LH7A40X || ARCH_PXA || ARCH_RPC \
|| ARCH_S3C2410 || ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_SHARK || FOOTBRIDGE \ || ARCH_S3C2410 || ARCH_SA1100 || ARCH_SHARK || FOOTBRIDGE
|| MACH_MP1000
source "drivers/ide/Kconfig" source "drivers/ide/Kconfig"
endif endif

3
arch/arm/Makefile
View File

@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ comma = ,
# macro, but instead defines a whole series of macros which makes # macro, but instead defines a whole series of macros which makes
# testing for a specific architecture or later rather impossible. # testing for a specific architecture or later rather impossible.
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v6) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=6 $(call cc-option,-march=armv6,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv6) arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v6) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=6 $(call cc-option,-march=armv6,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv6)
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v6K) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=6 $(call cc-option,-march=armv6k,-march=armv5t -Wa$(comma)-march=armv6k)
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v5) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=5 $(call cc-option,-march=armv5te,-march=armv4) arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v5) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=5 $(call cc-option,-march=armv5te,-march=armv4)
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v4) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=4 -march=armv4 arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v4) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=4 -march=armv4
arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v3) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=3 -march=armv3 arch-$(CONFIG_CPU_32v3) :=-D__LINUX_ARM_ARCH__=3 -march=armv3
@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/arm/oprofile/
drivers-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500) += drivers/acorn/char/ drivers-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500) += drivers/acorn/char/
drivers-$(CONFIG_ARCH_L7200) += drivers/acorn/char/ drivers-$(CONFIG_ARCH_L7200) += drivers/acorn/char/
libs-y += arch/arm/lib/ libs-y := arch/arm/lib/ $(libs-y)
# Default target when executing plain make # Default target when executing plain make
ifeq ($(CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL),y) ifeq ($(CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL),y)

3
arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S
View File

@ -39,8 +39,7 @@
defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX) || \ defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX) || \
defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000) || \ defined(CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000) || \
defined(CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X) || \ defined(CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X) || \
defined(CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP) || \ defined(CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP)
defined(CONFIG_MACH_MP1000)
.macro loadsp, rb .macro loadsp, rb
addruart \rb addruart \rb
.endm .endm

6
arch/arm/boot/compressed/misc.c
View File

@ -283,8 +283,14 @@ void flush_window(void)
putstr("."); putstr(".");
} }
#ifndef arch_error
#define arch_error(x)
#endif
static void error(char *x) static void error(char *x)
{ {
arch_error(x);
putstr("\n\n"); putstr("\n\n");
putstr(x); putstr(x);
putstr("\n\n -- System halted"); putstr("\n\n -- System halted");

6
arch/arm/common/scoop.c
View File

@ -19,12 +19,6 @@
#define SCOOP_REG(d,adr) (*(volatile unsigned short*)(d +(adr))) #define SCOOP_REG(d,adr) (*(volatile unsigned short*)(d +(adr)))
/* PCMCIA to Scoop linkage structures for pxa2xx_sharpsl.c
There is no easy way to link multiple scoop devices into one
single entity for the pxa2xx_pcmcia device */
int scoop_num;
struct scoop_pcmcia_dev *scoop_devs;
struct scoop_dev { struct scoop_dev {
void *base; void *base;
spinlock_t scoop_lock; spinlock_t scoop_lock;

4
arch/arm/configs/ixdp2401_defconfig
View File

@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
# #
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0 CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0 CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="console=ttyS0,57600 root=/dev/nfs ip=bootp mem=64M@0x0 pci=firmware" CONFIG_CMDLINE="console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/nfs ip=bootp mem=64M@0x0 pci=firmware"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set # CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
# #
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# #
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=2 CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=3
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set # CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
# #

2
arch/arm/configs/ixdp2801_defconfig
View File

@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# #
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=2 CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=3
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set # CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
# #

430
arch/arm/configs/mp1000_defconfig → arch/arm/configs/realview_defconfig
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
# #
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit # Automatically generated make config: don't edit
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.14-rc1 # Linux kernel version: 2.6.14-rc2
# Fri Sep 16 15:48:13 2005 # Thu Sep 29 14:50:10 2005
# #
CONFIG_ARM=y CONFIG_ARM=y
CONFIG_MMU=y CONFIG_MMU=y
@ -12,11 +12,9 @@ CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
# #
# Code maturity level options # Code maturity level options
# #
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y # CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL is not set
# CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE is not set CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
CONFIG_BROKEN=y
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
CONFIG_LOCK_KERNEL=y
CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32 CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
# #
@ -24,18 +22,16 @@ CONFIG_INIT_ENV_ARG_LIMIT=32
# #
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION="" CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO=y CONFIG_LOCALVERSION_AUTO=y
CONFIG_SWAP=y # CONFIG_SWAP is not set
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set # CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set
CONFIG_SYSCTL=y CONFIG_SYSCTL=y
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set # CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set CONFIG_HOTPLUG=y
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
CONFIG_IKCONFIG=y # CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
CONFIG_IKCONFIG_PROC=y
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE="" CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
CONFIG_EMBEDDED=y # CONFIG_EMBEDDED is not set
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set # CONFIG_KALLSYMS_ALL is not set
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set # CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
@ -58,17 +54,15 @@ CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
# #
CONFIG_MODULES=y CONFIG_MODULES=y
CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD=y
# CONFIG_MODULE_FORCE_UNLOAD is not set
CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y CONFIG_OBSOLETE_MODPARM=y
# CONFIG_MODVERSIONS is not set
# CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set # CONFIG_MODULE_SRCVERSION_ALL is not set
CONFIG_KMOD=y # CONFIG_KMOD is not set
# #
# System Type # System Type
# #
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500 is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X=y # CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CAMELOT is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_CAMELOT is not set
@ -86,43 +80,43 @@ CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
CONFIG_ARCH_REALVIEW=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_AAEC2000 is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_AAEC2000 is not set
# #
# CLPS711X/EP721X Implementations # RealView platform type
# #
# CONFIG_ARCH_AUTCPU12 is not set CONFIG_MACH_REALVIEW_EB=y
# CONFIG_ARCH_CDB89712 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CEIVA is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLEP7312 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_EDB7211 is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_P720T is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_FORTUNET is not set
CONFIG_MACH_MP1000=y
CONFIG_MP1000_90MHZ=y
# #
# Processor Type # Processor Type
# #
CONFIG_CPU_32=y CONFIG_CPU_32=y
CONFIG_CPU_ARM720T=y CONFIG_CPU_ARM926T=y
CONFIG_CPU_32v4=y # CONFIG_CPU_V6 is not set
CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_LV4T=y CONFIG_CPU_32v5=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_V4=y CONFIG_CPU_ABRT_EV5TJ=y
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
CONFIG_CPU_COPY_V4WT=y CONFIG_CPU_COPY_V4WB=y
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WT=y CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V4WBI=y
# #
# Processor Features # Processor Features
# #
CONFIG_ARM_THUMB=y CONFIG_ARM_THUMB=y
# CONFIG_CPU_ICACHE_DISABLE is not set
# CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_DISABLE is not set
# CONFIG_CPU_DCACHE_WRITETHROUGH is not set
# CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_ROUND_ROBIN is not set
CONFIG_ARM_GIC=y
CONFIG_ICST307=y
# #
# Bus support # Bus support
# #
CONFIG_ARM_AMBA=y
CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y
# #
@ -133,14 +127,8 @@ CONFIG_ISA_DMA_API=y
# #
# Kernel Features # Kernel Features
# #
# CONFIG_SMP is not set
CONFIG_PREEMPT=y
# CONFIG_NO_IDLE_HZ is not set # CONFIG_NO_IDLE_HZ is not set
# CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set # CONFIG_ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE is not set
CONFIG_SELECT_MEMORY_MODEL=y
CONFIG_FLATMEM_MANUAL=y
# CONFIG_DISCONTIGMEM_MANUAL is not set
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_MANUAL is not set
CONFIG_FLATMEM=y CONFIG_FLATMEM=y
CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y CONFIG_FLAT_NODE_MEM_MAP=y
# CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set # CONFIG_SPARSEMEM_STATIC is not set
@ -151,7 +139,7 @@ CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
# #
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0 CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0 CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
CONFIG_CMDLINE="console=ttyCL,38400 root=/dev/discs/disc0/part1 ip=any cs89x0_media=rj45" CONFIG_CMDLINE="root=/dev/nfs nfsroot=10.1.69.3:/work/nfsroot ip=dhcp console=ttyAMA0 mem=128M"
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set # CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
# #
@ -163,14 +151,14 @@ CONFIG_CMDLINE="console=ttyCL,38400 root=/dev/discs/disc0/part1 ip=any cs89x0_me
# #
CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE=y
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set # CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE_XP is not set
# CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE is not set # CONFIG_VFP is not set
# #
# Userspace binary formats # Userspace binary formats
# #
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
# CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT is not set # CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT is not set
CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC=y # CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
# CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set # CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set
# #
@ -197,10 +185,9 @@ CONFIG_IP_FIB_HASH=y
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP=y
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP=y # CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set # CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set # CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set # CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set # CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set # CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
@ -210,36 +197,14 @@ CONFIG_INET_DIAG=y
CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=y CONFIG_INET_TCP_DIAG=y
# CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set # CONFIG_TCP_CONG_ADVANCED is not set
CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y CONFIG_TCP_CONG_BIC=y
CONFIG_IPV6=y # CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6_PRIVACY is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_AH is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_ESP is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_IPCOMP is not set
# CONFIG_INET6_TUNNEL is not set
# CONFIG_IPV6_TUNNEL is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set # CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
#
# DCCP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_DCCP is not set
#
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
#
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set # CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set # CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set # CONFIG_DECNET is not set
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set # CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
# CONFIG_IPX is not set # CONFIG_IPX is not set
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set # CONFIG_ATALK is not set
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set # CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set # CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
@ -247,7 +212,6 @@ CONFIG_IPV6=y
# Network testing # Network testing
# #
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set # CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
# CONFIG_NETFILTER_NETLINK is not set
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set # CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set # CONFIG_IRDA is not set
# CONFIG_BT is not set # CONFIG_BT is not set
@ -269,14 +233,10 @@ CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD) # Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
# #
CONFIG_MTD=y CONFIG_MTD=y
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG=y # CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG_VERBOSE=3
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set # CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS=y
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS=m # CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_DIRECTORY_BLOCK=-2
CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_UNALLOCATED=y
# CONFIG_MTD_REDBOOT_PARTS_READONLY is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS=y CONFIG_MTD_CMDLINE_PARTS=y
# CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set # CONFIG_MTD_AFS_PARTS is not set
@ -292,45 +252,36 @@ CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK=y
# #
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers # RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
# #
CONFIG_MTD_CFI=m CONFIG_MTD_CFI=y
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set # CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=m CONFIG_MTD_GEN_PROBE=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS=y # CONFIG_MTD_CFI_ADV_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_NOSWAP=y CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_BE_BYTE_SWAP is not set CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_LE_BYTE_SWAP is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_GEOMETRY=y
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set # CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set # CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set # CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1 is not set CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set # CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set # CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_OTP is not set CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=y
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_INTELEXT=m CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD=y
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD is not set CONFIG_MTD_CFI_AMDSTD_RETRY=0
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set # CONFIG_MTD_CFI_STAA is not set
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=m CONFIG_MTD_CFI_UTIL=y
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set # CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set # CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set # CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_OBSOLETE_CHIPS is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_XIP is not set
# #
# Mapping drivers for chip access # Mapping drivers for chip access
# #
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set # CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP=m # CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_START=0x0000000 CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR=y
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_LEN=0x4000000 # CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312 is not set
CONFIG_MTD_PHYSMAP_BANKWIDTH=2
# CONFIG_MTD_ARM_INTEGRATOR is not set
CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312=m
# CONFIG_MTD_PLATRAM is not set # CONFIG_MTD_PLATRAM is not set
# #
@ -340,7 +291,6 @@ CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312=m
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set # CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set # CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set # CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
# #
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers # Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
@ -352,12 +302,7 @@ CONFIG_MTD_EDB7312=m
# #
# NAND Flash Device Drivers # NAND Flash Device Drivers
# #
CONFIG_MTD_NAND=y # CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND_VERIFY_WRITE is not set
CONFIG_MTD_NAND_MP1000=y
CONFIG_MTD_NAND_IDS=y
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND_DISKONCHIP is not set
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND_NANDSIM is not set
# #
# Parallel port support # Parallel port support
@ -372,52 +317,21 @@ CONFIG_MTD_NAND_IDS=y
# Block devices # Block devices
# #
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set # CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP=m # CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CRYPTOLOOP is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set # CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y # CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=2 CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=16384
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD=y
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set # CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
# #
# IO Schedulers # IO Schedulers
# #
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y # CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS is not set
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y # CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ is not set
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set # CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
#
# ATA/ATAPI/MFM/RLL support
#
CONFIG_IDE=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE=y
#
# Please see Documentation/ide.txt for help/info on IDE drives
#
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_SATA is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD_IDE is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDISK=y
# CONFIG_IDEDISK_MULTI_MODE is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDECD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDETAPE is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEFLOPPY is not set
# CONFIG_IDE_TASK_IOCTL is not set
#
# IDE chipset support/bugfixes
#
# CONFIG_IDE_GENERIC is not set
CONFIG_IDE_ARM=y
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_MP1000=y
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA is not set
# CONFIG_IDEDMA_AUTO is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_HD is not set
# #
# SCSI device support # SCSI device support
# #
@ -427,14 +341,7 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDE_MP1000=y
# #
# Multi-device support (RAID and LVM) # Multi-device support (RAID and LVM)
# #
CONFIG_MD=y # CONFIG_MD is not set
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD is not set
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# CONFIG_DM_CRYPT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MIRROR is not set
# CONFIG_DM_ZERO is not set
# CONFIG_DM_MULTIPATH is not set
# #
# Fusion MPT device support # Fusion MPT device support
@ -444,7 +351,6 @@ CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM=y
# #
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support # IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
# #
# CONFIG_IEEE1394 is not set
# #
# I2O device support # I2O device support
@ -468,10 +374,9 @@ CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit) # Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
# #
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
# CONFIG_MII is not set CONFIG_MII=y
# CONFIG_SMC91X is not set CONFIG_SMC91X=y
# CONFIG_DM9000 is not set # CONFIG_DM9000 is not set
CONFIG_CS89x0=y
# #
# Ethernet (1000 Mbit) # Ethernet (1000 Mbit)
@ -496,8 +401,6 @@ CONFIG_CS89x0=y
# CONFIG_WAN is not set # CONFIG_WAN is not set
# CONFIG_PPP is not set # CONFIG_PPP is not set
# CONFIG_SLIP is not set # CONFIG_SLIP is not set
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set # CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set # CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
@ -514,17 +417,28 @@ CONFIG_INPUT=y
# #
# Userland interfaces # Userland interfaces
# #
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV is not set CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX=y
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set
CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG=y # CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
# #
# Input Device Drivers # Input Device Drivers
# #
# CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD is not set CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD=y
# CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE is not set CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD=y
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_SUNKBD is not set
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_LKKBD is not set
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_XTKBD is not set
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_NEWTON is not set
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE=y
CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2=y
# CONFIG_MOUSE_SERIAL is not set
# CONFIG_MOUSE_VSXXXAA is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set # CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
@ -533,8 +447,9 @@ CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG=y
# Hardware I/O ports # Hardware I/O ports
# #
CONFIG_SERIO=y CONFIG_SERIO=y
CONFIG_SERIO_SERPORT=y # CONFIG_SERIO_SERPORT is not set
# CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2 is not set CONFIG_SERIO_AMBAKMI=y
CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2=y
# CONFIG_SERIO_RAW is not set # CONFIG_SERIO_RAW is not set
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set # CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
@ -549,21 +464,19 @@ CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
# #
# Serial drivers # Serial drivers
# #
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y # CONFIG_SERIAL_8250 is not set
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=2
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
# #
# Non-8250 serial port support # Non-8250 serial port support
# #
CONFIG_SERIAL_CLPS711X=y # CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL010 is not set
CONFIG_SERIAL_CLPS711X_CONSOLE=y CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_AMBA_PL011_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256 CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=16
# #
# IPMI # IPMI
@ -574,8 +487,8 @@ CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
# Watchdog Cards # Watchdog Cards
# #
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set # CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
CONFIG_NVRAM=y # CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
CONFIG_RTC=y # CONFIG_RTC is not set
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set # CONFIG_DTLK is not set
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set # CONFIG_R3964 is not set
@ -596,9 +509,8 @@ CONFIG_RTC=y
# #
# Hardware Monitoring support # Hardware Monitoring support
# #
CONFIG_HWMON=y # CONFIG_HWMON is not set
# CONFIG_HWMON_VID is not set # CONFIG_HWMON_VID is not set
# CONFIG_HWMON_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
# #
# Misc devices # Misc devices
@ -621,18 +533,72 @@ CONFIG_HWMON=y
# #
# Graphics support # Graphics support
# #
# CONFIG_FB is not set CONFIG_FB=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_FILLRECT=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_COPYAREA=y
CONFIG_FB_CFB_IMAGEBLIT=y
CONFIG_FB_SOFT_CURSOR=y
# CONFIG_FB_MACMODES is not set
# CONFIG_FB_MODE_HELPERS is not set
# CONFIG_FB_TILEBLITTING is not set
CONFIG_FB_ARMCLCD=y
# CONFIG_FB_S1D13XXX is not set
# CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL is not set
# #
# Console display driver support # Console display driver support
# #
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set # CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
# CONFIG_FONTS is not set
CONFIG_FONT_8x8=y
CONFIG_FONT_8x16=y
#
# Logo configuration
#
CONFIG_LOGO=y
# CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_MONO is not set
# CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_VGA16 is not set
CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_CLUT224=y
# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT is not set
# #
# Sound # Sound
# #
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set CONFIG_SOUND=y
#
# Advanced Linux Sound Architecture
#
CONFIG_SND=y
CONFIG_SND_TIMER=y
CONFIG_SND_PCM=y
# CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER is not set
CONFIG_SND_OSSEMUL=y
CONFIG_SND_MIXER_OSS=y
CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS=y
# CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PRINTK is not set
# CONFIG_SND_DEBUG is not set
#
# Generic devices
#
# CONFIG_SND_DUMMY is not set
# CONFIG_SND_MTPAV is not set
# CONFIG_SND_SERIAL_U16550 is not set
# CONFIG_SND_MPU401 is not set
#
# ALSA ARM devices
#
# CONFIG_SND_ARMAACI is not set
#
# Open Sound System
#
# CONFIG_SOUND_PRIME is not set
# #
# USB support # USB support
@ -654,32 +620,17 @@ CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
# #
# File systems # File systems
# #
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y # CONFIG_EXT2_FS is not set
CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR=y # CONFIG_EXT3_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set # CONFIG_JBD is not set
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_SECURITY is not set # CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XIP is not set
CONFIG_EXT3_FS=y
CONFIG_EXT3_FS_XATTR=y
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS_SECURITY is not set
CONFIG_JBD=y
# CONFIG_JBD_DEBUG is not set
CONFIG_FS_MBCACHE=y
CONFIG_REISERFS_FS=m
# CONFIG_REISERFS_CHECK is not set
# CONFIG_REISERFS_PROC_INFO is not set
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL=y # CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set # CONFIG_MINIX_FS is not set
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_INOTIFY=y CONFIG_INOTIFY=y
CONFIG_QUOTA=y # CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
# CONFIG_QFMT_V1 is not set
# CONFIG_QFMT_V2 is not set
CONFIG_QUOTACTL=y
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set # CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
@ -694,8 +645,11 @@ CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
# #
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems # DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
# #
CONFIG_FAT_FS=y
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set # CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set CONFIG_VFAT_FS=y
CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_CODEPAGE=437
CONFIG_FAT_DEFAULT_IOCHARSET="iso8859-1"
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
# #
@ -704,7 +658,6 @@ CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
CONFIG_SYSFS=y CONFIG_SYSFS=y
CONFIG_TMPFS=y CONFIG_TMPFS=y
# CONFIG_HUGETLBFS is not set
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set # CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
CONFIG_RAMFS=y CONFIG_RAMFS=y
# CONFIG_RELAYFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_RELAYFS_FS is not set
@ -712,22 +665,10 @@ CONFIG_RAMFS=y
# #
# Miscellaneous filesystems # Miscellaneous filesystems
# #
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set # CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS=m # CONFIG_JFFS2_FS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_DEBUG=0 CONFIG_CRAMFS=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_FS_WRITEBUFFER=y
# CONFIG_JFFS2_COMPRESSION_OPTIONS is not set
CONFIG_JFFS2_ZLIB=y
CONFIG_JFFS2_RTIME=y
# CONFIG_JFFS2_RUBIN is not set
CONFIG_CRAMFS=m
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set # CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set # CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
@ -740,32 +681,16 @@ CONFIG_CRAMFS=m
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
CONFIG_NFS_V3=y CONFIG_NFS_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL is not set # CONFIG_NFS_V3_ACL is not set
CONFIG_NFS_V4=y # CONFIG_NFSD is not set
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
CONFIG_NFSD=y
CONFIG_NFSD_V3=y
# CONFIG_NFSD_V3_ACL is not set
CONFIG_NFSD_V4=y
CONFIG_NFSD_TCP=y
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
CONFIG_LOCKD=y CONFIG_LOCKD=y
CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y CONFIG_LOCKD_V4=y
CONFIG_EXPORTFS=y
CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y CONFIG_NFS_COMMON=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
CONFIG_SUNRPC_GSS=y # CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5=y # CONFIG_CIFS is not set
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
CONFIG_SMB_FS=m
# CONFIG_SMB_NLS_DEFAULT is not set
CONFIG_CIFS=m
# CONFIG_CIFS_STATS is not set
# CONFIG_CIFS_XATTR is not set
# CONFIG_CIFS_EXPERIMENTAL is not set
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set # CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set # CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
# CONFIG_9P_FS is not set
# #
# Partition Types # Partition Types
@ -802,7 +727,7 @@ CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1250 is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_1251 is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_ASCII is not set # CONFIG_NLS_ASCII is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1 is not set CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_1=y
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_2 is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_3 is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_ISO8859_4 is not set
@ -817,35 +742,27 @@ CONFIG_NLS_CODEPAGE_437=y
# CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U is not set # CONFIG_NLS_KOI8_U is not set
# CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 is not set # CONFIG_NLS_UTF8 is not set
#
# Profiling support
#
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
# #
# Kernel hacking # Kernel hacking
# #
CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME=y # CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL=y
# CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ is not set CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14 CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y
# CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is not set # CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_PREEMPT=y
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK_SLEEP is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_KOBJECT is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE is not set CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y # CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_FS is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_FS is not set
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y CONFIG_DEBUG_USER=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_WAITQ=y # CONFIG_DEBUG_WAITQ is not set
CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS=y CONFIG_DEBUG_ERRORS=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_LL=y # CONFIG_DEBUG_LL is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC is not set
# CONFIG_DEBUG_CLPS711X_UART2 is not set
# #
# Security options # Security options
@ -856,31 +773,7 @@ CONFIG_DEBUG_LL=y
# #
# Cryptographic options # Cryptographic options
# #
CONFIG_CRYPTO=y # CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_NULL is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD4 is not set
CONFIG_CRYPTO_MD5=y
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA1 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA512 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_WP512 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_TGR192 is not set
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES=y
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_BLOWFISH is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_SERPENT is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST5 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_CAST6 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEA is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_ARC4 is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_KHAZAD is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_ANUBIS is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEFLATE is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_MICHAEL_MIC is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_CRC32C is not set
# CONFIG_CRYPTO_TEST is not set
# #
# Hardware crypto devices # Hardware crypto devices
@ -893,5 +786,4 @@ CONFIG_CRYPTO_DES=y
# CONFIG_CRC16 is not set # CONFIG_CRC16 is not set
CONFIG_CRC32=y CONFIG_CRC32=y
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set # CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=m CONFIG_ZLIB_INFLATE=y
CONFIG_ZLIB_DEFLATE=m

4
arch/arm/kernel/armksyms.c
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
*/ */
#include <linux/module.h> #include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/string.h> #include <linux/string.h>
#include <linux/cryptohash.h>
#include <linux/delay.h> #include <linux/delay.h>
#include <linux/in6.h> #include <linux/in6.h>
#include <linux/syscalls.h> #include <linux/syscalls.h>
@ -126,6 +127,9 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(__put_user_2);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__put_user_4); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__put_user_4);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__put_user_8); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__put_user_8);
/* crypto hash */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(sha_transform);
/* gcc lib functions */ /* gcc lib functions */
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ashldi3); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ashldi3);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ashrdi3); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__ashrdi3);

22
arch/arm/kernel/entry-armv.S
View File

@ -47,6 +47,13 @@
movne r0, sp movne r0, sp
adrne lr, 1b adrne lr, 1b
bne do_IPI bne do_IPI
#ifdef CONFIG_LOCAL_TIMERS
test_for_ltirq r0, r6, r5, lr
movne r0, sp
adrne lr, 1b
bne do_local_timer
#endif
#endif #endif
.endm .endm
@ -785,7 +792,7 @@ __kuser_helper_end:
* SP points to a minimal amount of processor-private memory, the address * SP points to a minimal amount of processor-private memory, the address
* of which is copied into r0 for the mode specific abort handler. * of which is copied into r0 for the mode specific abort handler.
*/ */
.macro vector_stub, name, correction=0 .macro vector_stub, name, mode, correction=0
.align 5 .align 5
vector_\name: vector_\name:
@ -805,15 +812,14 @@ vector_\name:
@ Prepare for SVC32 mode. IRQs remain disabled. @ Prepare for SVC32 mode. IRQs remain disabled.
@ @
mrs r0, cpsr mrs r0, cpsr
bic r0, r0, #MODE_MASK eor r0, r0, #(\mode ^ SVC_MODE)
orr r0, r0, #SVC_MODE
msr spsr_cxsf, r0 msr spsr_cxsf, r0
@ @
@ the branch table must immediately follow this code @ the branch table must immediately follow this code
@ @
mov r0, sp
and lr, lr, #0x0f and lr, lr, #0x0f
mov r0, sp
ldr lr, [pc, lr, lsl #2] ldr lr, [pc, lr, lsl #2]
movs pc, lr @ branch to handler in SVC mode movs pc, lr @ branch to handler in SVC mode
.endm .endm
@ -823,7 +829,7 @@ __stubs_start:
/* /*
* Interrupt dispatcher * Interrupt dispatcher
*/ */
vector_stub irq, 4 vector_stub irq, IRQ_MODE, 4
.long __irq_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32) .long __irq_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32)
.long __irq_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32) .long __irq_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32)
@ -846,7 +852,7 @@ __stubs_start:
* Data abort dispatcher * Data abort dispatcher
* Enter in ABT mode, spsr = USR CPSR, lr = USR PC * Enter in ABT mode, spsr = USR CPSR, lr = USR PC
*/ */
vector_stub dabt, 8 vector_stub dabt, ABT_MODE, 8
.long __dabt_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32) .long __dabt_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32)
.long __dabt_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32) .long __dabt_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32)
@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ __stubs_start:
* Prefetch abort dispatcher * Prefetch abort dispatcher
* Enter in ABT mode, spsr = USR CPSR, lr = USR PC * Enter in ABT mode, spsr = USR CPSR, lr = USR PC
*/ */
vector_stub pabt, 4 vector_stub pabt, ABT_MODE, 4
.long __pabt_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32) .long __pabt_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32)
.long __pabt_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32) .long __pabt_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32)
@ -892,7 +898,7 @@ __stubs_start:
* Undef instr entry dispatcher * Undef instr entry dispatcher
* Enter in UND mode, spsr = SVC/USR CPSR, lr = SVC/USR PC * Enter in UND mode, spsr = SVC/USR CPSR, lr = SVC/USR PC
*/ */
vector_stub und vector_stub und, UND_MODE
.long __und_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32) .long __und_usr @ 0 (USR_26 / USR_32)
.long __und_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32) .long __und_invalid @ 1 (FIQ_26 / FIQ_32)

34
arch/arm/kernel/irq.c
View File

@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ unlock:
#endif #endif
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP #ifdef CONFIG_SMP
show_ipi_list(p); show_ipi_list(p);
show_local_irqs(p);
#endif #endif
seq_printf(p, "Err: %10lu\n", irq_err_count); seq_printf(p, "Err: %10lu\n", irq_err_count);
} }
@ -995,7 +996,7 @@ void __init init_irq_proc(void)
struct proc_dir_entry *dir; struct proc_dir_entry *dir;
int irq; int irq;
dir = proc_mkdir("irq", 0); dir = proc_mkdir("irq", NULL);
if (!dir) if (!dir)
return; return;
@ -1050,3 +1051,34 @@ static int __init noirqdebug_setup(char *str)
} }
__setup("noirqdebug", noirqdebug_setup); __setup("noirqdebug", noirqdebug_setup);
#ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU
/*
* The CPU has been marked offline. Migrate IRQs off this CPU. If
* the affinity settings do not allow other CPUs, force them onto any
* available CPU.
*/
void migrate_irqs(void)
{
unsigned int i, cpu = smp_processor_id();
for (i = 0; i < NR_IRQS; i++) {
struct irqdesc *desc = irq_desc + i;
if (desc->cpu == cpu) {
unsigned int newcpu = any_online_cpu(desc->affinity);
if (newcpu == NR_CPUS) {
if (printk_ratelimit())
printk(KERN_INFO "IRQ%u no longer affine to CPU%u\n",
i, cpu);
cpus_setall(desc->affinity);
newcpu = any_online_cpu(desc->affinity);
}
route_irq(desc, i, newcpu);
}
}
}
#endif /* CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU */

29
arch/arm/kernel/process.c
View File

@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
#include <linux/interrupt.h> #include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <linux/kallsyms.h> #include <linux/kallsyms.h>
#include <linux/init.h> #include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/cpu.h>
#include <asm/system.h> #include <asm/system.h>
#include <asm/io.h> #include <asm/io.h>
@ -85,12 +86,16 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(pm_power_off);
*/ */
void default_idle(void) void default_idle(void)
{ {
local_irq_disable(); if (hlt_counter)
if (!need_resched() && !hlt_counter) { cpu_relax();
timer_dyn_reprogram(); else {
arch_idle(); local_irq_disable();
if (!need_resched()) {
timer_dyn_reprogram();
arch_idle();
}
local_irq_enable();
} }
local_irq_enable();
} }
/* /*
@ -105,15 +110,23 @@ void cpu_idle(void)
/* endless idle loop with no priority at all */ /* endless idle loop with no priority at all */
while (1) { while (1) {
void (*idle)(void) = pm_idle; void (*idle)(void) = pm_idle;
#ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU
if (cpu_is_offline(smp_processor_id())) {
leds_event(led_idle_start);
cpu_die();
}
#endif
if (!idle) if (!idle)
idle = default_idle; idle = default_idle;
preempt_disable();
leds_event(led_idle_start); leds_event(led_idle_start);
while (!need_resched()) while (!need_resched())
idle(); idle();
leds_event(led_idle_end); leds_event(led_idle_end);
preempt_enable(); preempt_enable_no_resched();
schedule(); schedule();
preempt_disable();
} }
} }
@ -346,7 +359,7 @@ copy_thread(int nr, unsigned long clone_flags, unsigned long stack_start,
struct thread_info *thread = p->thread_info; struct thread_info *thread = p->thread_info;
struct pt_regs *childregs; struct pt_regs *childregs;
childregs = ((struct pt_regs *)((unsigned long)thread + THREAD_START_SP)) - 1; childregs = (void *)thread + THREAD_START_SP - sizeof(*regs);
*childregs = *regs; *childregs = *regs;
childregs->ARM_r0 = 0; childregs->ARM_r0 = 0;
childregs->ARM_sp = stack_start; childregs->ARM_sp = stack_start;

49
arch/arm/kernel/ptrace.c
View File

@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ static int ptrace_setwmmxregs(struct task_struct *tsk, void __user *ufp)
#endif #endif
static int do_ptrace(int request, struct task_struct *child, long addr, long data) long arch_ptrace(struct task_struct *child, long request, long addr, long data)
{ {
unsigned long tmp; unsigned long tmp;
int ret; int ret;
@ -782,53 +782,6 @@ static int do_ptrace(int request, struct task_struct *child, long addr, long dat
return ret; return ret;
} }
asmlinkage long sys_ptrace(long request, long pid, long addr, long data)
{
struct task_struct *child;
int ret;
lock_kernel();
ret = -EPERM;
if (request == PTRACE_TRACEME) {
/* are we already being traced? */
if (current->ptrace & PT_PTRACED)
goto out;
ret = security_ptrace(current->parent, current);
if (ret)
goto out;
/* set the ptrace bit in the process flags. */
current->ptrace |= PT_PTRACED;
ret = 0;
goto out;
}
ret = -ESRCH;
read_lock(&tasklist_lock);
child = find_task_by_pid(pid);
if (child)
get_task_struct(child);
read_unlock(&tasklist_lock);
if (!child)
goto out;
ret = -EPERM;
if (pid == 1) /* you may not mess with init */
goto out_tsk;
if (request == PTRACE_ATTACH) {
ret = ptrace_attach(child);
goto out_tsk;
}
ret = ptrace_check_attach(child, request == PTRACE_KILL);
if (ret == 0)
ret = do_ptrace(request, child, addr, data);
out_tsk:
put_task_struct(child);
out:
unlock_kernel();
return ret;
}
asmlinkage void syscall_trace(int why, struct pt_regs *regs) asmlinkage void syscall_trace(int why, struct pt_regs *regs)
{ {
unsigned long ip; unsigned long ip;

10
arch/arm/kernel/setup.c
View File

@ -338,7 +338,8 @@ void cpu_init(void)
BUG(); BUG();
} }
dump_cpu_info(cpu); if (system_state == SYSTEM_BOOTING)
dump_cpu_info(cpu);
/* /*
* setup stacks for re-entrant exception handlers * setup stacks for re-entrant exception handlers
@ -838,7 +839,12 @@ static int c_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
#if defined(CONFIG_SMP) #if defined(CONFIG_SMP)
for_each_online_cpu(i) { for_each_online_cpu(i) {
seq_printf(m, "Processor\t: %d\n", i); /*
* glibc reads /proc/cpuinfo to determine the number of
* online processors, looking for lines beginning with
* "processor". Give glibc what it expects.
*/
seq_printf(m, "processor\t: %d\n", i);
seq_printf(m, "BogoMIPS\t: %lu.%02lu\n\n", seq_printf(m, "BogoMIPS\t: %lu.%02lu\n\n",
per_cpu(cpu_data, i).loops_per_jiffy / (500000UL/HZ), per_cpu(cpu_data, i).loops_per_jiffy / (500000UL/HZ),
(per_cpu(cpu_data, i).loops_per_jiffy / (5000UL/HZ)) % 100); (per_cpu(cpu_data, i).loops_per_jiffy / (5000UL/HZ)) % 100);

156
arch/arm/kernel/smp.c
View File

@ -80,19 +80,23 @@ static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(smp_call_function_lock);
int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu) int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu)
{ {
struct task_struct *idle; struct cpuinfo_arm *ci = &per_cpu(cpu_data, cpu);
struct task_struct *idle = ci->idle;
pgd_t *pgd; pgd_t *pgd;
pmd_t *pmd; pmd_t *pmd;
int ret; int ret;
/* /*
* Spawn a new process manually. Grab a pointer to * Spawn a new process manually, if not already done.
* its task struct so we can mess with it * Grab a pointer to its task struct so we can mess with it
*/ */
idle = fork_idle(cpu); if (!idle) {
if (IS_ERR(idle)) { idle = fork_idle(cpu);
printk(KERN_ERR "CPU%u: fork() failed\n", cpu); if (IS_ERR(idle)) {
return PTR_ERR(idle); printk(KERN_ERR "CPU%u: fork() failed\n", cpu);
return PTR_ERR(idle);
}
ci->idle = idle;
} }
/* /*
@ -138,7 +142,7 @@ int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu)
ret = -EIO; ret = -EIO;
} }
secondary_data.stack = 0; secondary_data.stack = NULL;
secondary_data.pgdir = 0; secondary_data.pgdir = 0;
*pmd_offset(pgd, PHYS_OFFSET) = __pmd(0); *pmd_offset(pgd, PHYS_OFFSET) = __pmd(0);
@ -155,6 +159,96 @@ int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu)
return ret; return ret;
} }
#ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU
/*
* __cpu_disable runs on the processor to be shutdown.
*/
int __cpuexit __cpu_disable(void)
{
unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id();
struct task_struct *p;
int ret;
ret = mach_cpu_disable(cpu);
if (ret)
return ret;
/*
* Take this CPU offline. Once we clear this, we can't return,
* and we must not schedule until we're ready to give up the cpu.
*/
cpu_clear(cpu, cpu_online_map);
/*
* OK - migrate IRQs away from this CPU
*/
migrate_irqs();
/*
* Stop the local timer for this CPU.
*/
local_timer_stop(cpu);
/*
* Flush user cache and TLB mappings, and then remove this CPU
* from the vm mask set of all processes.
*/
flush_cache_all();
local_flush_tlb_all();
read_lock(&tasklist_lock);
for_each_process(p) {
if (p->mm)
cpu_clear(cpu, p->mm->cpu_vm_mask);
}
read_unlock(&tasklist_lock);
return 0;
}
/*
* called on the thread which is asking for a CPU to be shutdown -
* waits until shutdown has completed, or it is timed out.
*/
void __cpuexit __cpu_die(unsigned int cpu)
{
if (!platform_cpu_kill(cpu))
printk("CPU%u: unable to kill\n", cpu);
}
/*
* Called from the idle thread for the CPU which has been shutdown.
*
* Note that we disable IRQs here, but do not re-enable them
* before returning to the caller. This is also the behaviour
* of the other hotplug-cpu capable cores, so presumably coming
* out of idle fixes this.
*/
void __cpuexit cpu_die(void)
{
unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id();
local_irq_disable();
idle_task_exit();
/*
* actual CPU shutdown procedure is at least platform (if not
* CPU) specific
*/
platform_cpu_die(cpu);
/*
* Do not return to the idle loop - jump back to the secondary
* cpu initialisation. There's some initialisation which needs
* to be repeated to undo the effects of taking the CPU offline.
*/
__asm__("mov sp, %0\n"
" b secondary_start_kernel"
:
: "r" ((void *)current->thread_info + THREAD_SIZE - 8));
}
#endif /* CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU */
/* /*
* This is the secondary CPU boot entry. We're using this CPUs * This is the secondary CPU boot entry. We're using this CPUs
* idle thread stack, but a set of temporary page tables. * idle thread stack, but a set of temporary page tables.
@ -162,7 +256,9 @@ int __cpuinit __cpu_up(unsigned int cpu)
asmlinkage void __cpuinit secondary_start_kernel(void) asmlinkage void __cpuinit secondary_start_kernel(void)
{ {
struct mm_struct *mm = &init_mm; struct mm_struct *mm = &init_mm;
unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id(); unsigned int cpu;
cpu = smp_processor_id();
printk("CPU%u: Booted secondary processor\n", cpu); printk("CPU%u: Booted secondary processor\n", cpu);
@ -179,6 +275,7 @@ asmlinkage void __cpuinit secondary_start_kernel(void)
local_flush_tlb_all(); local_flush_tlb_all();
cpu_init(); cpu_init();
preempt_disable();
/* /*
* Give the platform a chance to do its own initialisation. * Give the platform a chance to do its own initialisation.
@ -200,6 +297,11 @@ asmlinkage void __cpuinit secondary_start_kernel(void)
*/ */
cpu_set(cpu, cpu_online_map); cpu_set(cpu, cpu_online_map);
/*
* Setup local timer for this CPU.
*/
local_timer_setup(cpu);
/* /*
* OK, it's off to the idle thread for us * OK, it's off to the idle thread for us
*/ */
@ -236,6 +338,8 @@ void __init smp_prepare_boot_cpu(void)
{ {
unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id(); unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id();
per_cpu(cpu_data, cpu).idle = current;
cpu_set(cpu, cpu_possible_map); cpu_set(cpu, cpu_possible_map);
cpu_set(cpu, cpu_present_map); cpu_set(cpu, cpu_present_map);
cpu_set(cpu, cpu_online_map); cpu_set(cpu, cpu_online_map);
@ -268,8 +372,8 @@ static void send_ipi_message(cpumask_t callmap, enum ipi_msg_type msg)
* You must not call this function with disabled interrupts, from a * You must not call this function with disabled interrupts, from a
* hardware interrupt handler, nor from a bottom half handler. * hardware interrupt handler, nor from a bottom half handler.
*/ */
int smp_call_function_on_cpu(void (*func)(void *info), void *info, int retry, static int smp_call_function_on_cpu(void (*func)(void *info), void *info,
int wait, cpumask_t callmap) int retry, int wait, cpumask_t callmap)
{ {
struct smp_call_struct data; struct smp_call_struct data;
unsigned long timeout; unsigned long timeout;
@ -309,8 +413,8 @@ int smp_call_function_on_cpu(void (*func)(void *info), void *info, int retry,
printk(KERN_CRIT printk(KERN_CRIT
"CPU%u: smp_call_function timeout for %p(%p)\n" "CPU%u: smp_call_function timeout for %p(%p)\n"
" callmap %lx pending %lx, %swait\n", " callmap %lx pending %lx, %swait\n",
smp_processor_id(), func, info, callmap, data.pending, smp_processor_id(), func, info, *cpus_addr(callmap),
wait ? "" : "no "); *cpus_addr(data.pending), wait ? "" : "no ");
/* /*
* TRACE * TRACE
@ -363,6 +467,18 @@ void show_ipi_list(struct seq_file *p)
seq_putc(p, '\n'); seq_putc(p, '\n');
} }
void show_local_irqs(struct seq_file *p)
{
unsigned int cpu;
seq_printf(p, "LOC: ");
for_each_present_cpu(cpu)
seq_printf(p, "%10u ", irq_stat[cpu].local_timer_irqs);
seq_putc(p, '\n');
}
static void ipi_timer(struct pt_regs *regs) static void ipi_timer(struct pt_regs *regs)
{ {
int user = user_mode(regs); int user = user_mode(regs);
@ -373,6 +489,18 @@ static void ipi_timer(struct pt_regs *regs)
irq_exit(); irq_exit();
} }
#ifdef CONFIG_LOCAL_TIMERS
asmlinkage void do_local_timer(struct pt_regs *regs)
{
int cpu = smp_processor_id();
if (local_timer_ack()) {
irq_stat[cpu].local_timer_irqs++;
ipi_timer(regs);
}
}
#endif
/* /*
* ipi_call_function - handle IPI from smp_call_function() * ipi_call_function - handle IPI from smp_call_function()
* *
@ -424,7 +552,7 @@ static void ipi_cpu_stop(unsigned int cpu)
* *
* Bit 0 - Inter-processor function call * Bit 0 - Inter-processor function call
*/ */
void do_IPI(struct pt_regs *regs) asmlinkage void do_IPI(struct pt_regs *regs)
{ {
unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id(); unsigned int cpu = smp_processor_id();
struct ipi_data *ipi = &per_cpu(ipi_data, cpu); struct ipi_data *ipi = &per_cpu(ipi_data, cpu);

6
arch/arm/lib/bitops.h
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#include <linux/config.h> #include <linux/config.h>
#if __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 6 && defined(CONFIG_CPU_MPCORE) #if __LINUX_ARM_ARCH__ >= 6 && defined(CONFIG_CPU_32v6K)
.macro bitop, instr .macro bitop, instr
mov r2, #1 mov r2, #1
and r3, r0, #7 @ Get bit offset and r3, r0, #7 @ Get bit offset
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
and r2, r0, #7 and r2, r0, #7
mov r3, #1 mov r3, #1
mov r3, r3, lsl r2 mov r3, r3, lsl r2
save_and_disable_irqs ip, r2 save_and_disable_irqs ip
ldrb r2, [r1, r0, lsr #3] ldrb r2, [r1, r0, lsr #3]
\instr r2, r2, r3 \instr r2, r2, r3
strb r2, [r1, r0, lsr #3] strb r2, [r1, r0, lsr #3]
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
add r1, r1, r0, lsr #3 add r1, r1, r0, lsr #3
and r3, r0, #7 and r3, r0, #7
mov r0, #1 mov r0, #1
save_and_disable_irqs ip, r2 save_and_disable_irqs ip
ldrb r2, [r1] ldrb r2, [r1]
tst r2, r0, lsl r3 tst r2, r0, lsl r3
\instr r2, r2, r0, lsl r3 \instr r2, r2, r0, lsl r3

116
arch/arm/lib/uaccess.S
View File

@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ ENTRY(__arch_copy_to_user)
stmfd sp!, {r2, r4 - r7, lr} stmfd sp!, {r2, r4 - r7, lr}
cmp r2, #4 cmp r2, #4
blt .c2u_not_enough blt .c2u_not_enough
PLD( pld [r1, #0] )
PLD( pld [r0, #0] )
ands ip, r0, #3 ands ip, r0, #3
bne .c2u_dest_not_aligned bne .c2u_dest_not_aligned
.c2u_dest_aligned: .c2u_dest_aligned:
@ -73,25 +71,13 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #32 subs ip, ip, #32
blt .c2u_0rem8lp blt .c2u_0rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #64 )
PLD( blt .c2u_0cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #60] )
PLD( pld [r0, #60] )
.c2u_0cpy8lp: .c2u_0cpy8lp: ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6}
PLD( pld [r1, #92] )
PLD( pld [r0, #92] )
.c2u_0cpynopld: ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6}
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6} ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6}
subs ip, ip, #32 subs ip, ip, #32
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
bpl .c2u_0cpy8lp bpl .c2u_0cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #64 )
PLD( bge .c2u_0cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #64 )
.c2u_0rem8lp: cmn ip, #16 .c2u_0rem8lp: cmn ip, #16
ldmgeia r1!, {r3 - r6} ldmgeia r1!, {r3 - r6}
@ -143,17 +129,8 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .c2u_1rem8lp blt .c2u_1rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .c2u_1cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.c2u_1cpy8lp: .c2u_1cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #8
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.c2u_1cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #8
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7}
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
orr r3, r3, r4, push #24 orr r3, r3, r4, push #24
@ -165,9 +142,6 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
orr r6, r6, r7, push #24 orr r6, r6, r7, push #24
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
bpl .c2u_1cpy8lp bpl .c2u_1cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .c2u_1cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.c2u_1rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .c2u_1rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #8 movne r3, r7, pull #8
@ -210,17 +184,8 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .c2u_2rem8lp blt .c2u_2rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .c2u_2cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.c2u_2cpy8lp: .c2u_2cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #16
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.c2u_2cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #16
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7}
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
orr r3, r3, r4, push #16 orr r3, r3, r4, push #16
@ -232,9 +197,6 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
orr r6, r6, r7, push #16 orr r6, r6, r7, push #16
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
bpl .c2u_2cpy8lp bpl .c2u_2cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .c2u_2cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.c2u_2rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .c2u_2rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #16 movne r3, r7, pull #16
@ -277,17 +239,8 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .c2u_3rem8lp blt .c2u_3rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .c2u_3cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.c2u_3cpy8lp: .c2u_3cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #24
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.c2u_3cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #24
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7}
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
orr r3, r3, r4, push #8 orr r3, r3, r4, push #8
@ -299,9 +252,6 @@ USER( strt r3, [r0], #4) @ May fault
orr r6, r6, r7, push #8 orr r6, r6, r7, push #8
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
bpl .c2u_3cpy8lp bpl .c2u_3cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .c2u_3cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.c2u_3rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .c2u_3rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #24 movne r3, r7, pull #24
@ -356,8 +306,6 @@ ENTRY(__arch_copy_from_user)
stmfd sp!, {r0, r2, r4 - r7, lr} stmfd sp!, {r0, r2, r4 - r7, lr}
cmp r2, #4 cmp r2, #4
blt .cfu_not_enough blt .cfu_not_enough
PLD( pld [r1, #0] )
PLD( pld [r0, #0] )
ands ip, r0, #3 ands ip, r0, #3
bne .cfu_dest_not_aligned bne .cfu_dest_not_aligned
.cfu_dest_aligned: .cfu_dest_aligned:
@ -385,25 +333,13 @@ USER( ldrt r3, [r1], #4)
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #32 subs ip, ip, #32
blt .cfu_0rem8lp blt .cfu_0rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #64 )
PLD( blt .cfu_0cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #60] )
PLD( pld [r0, #60] )
.cfu_0cpy8lp: .cfu_0cpy8lp: ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
PLD( pld [r1, #92] )
PLD( pld [r0, #92] )
.cfu_0cpynopld: ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} stmia r0!, {r3 - r6}
ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault ldmia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
subs ip, ip, #32 subs ip, ip, #32
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} stmia r0!, {r3 - r6}
bpl .cfu_0cpy8lp bpl .cfu_0cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #64 )
PLD( bge .cfu_0cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #64 )
.cfu_0rem8lp: cmn ip, #16 .cfu_0rem8lp: cmn ip, #16
ldmgeia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault ldmgeia r1!, {r3 - r6} @ Shouldnt fault
@ -456,17 +392,8 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .cfu_1rem8lp blt .cfu_1rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .cfu_1cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.cfu_1cpy8lp: .cfu_1cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #8
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.cfu_1cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #8
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
orr r3, r3, r4, push #24 orr r3, r3, r4, push #24
@ -478,9 +405,6 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
orr r6, r6, r7, push #24 orr r6, r6, r7, push #24
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} stmia r0!, {r3 - r6}
bpl .cfu_1cpy8lp bpl .cfu_1cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .cfu_1cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.cfu_1rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .cfu_1rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #8 movne r3, r7, pull #8
@ -523,17 +447,8 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .cfu_2rem8lp blt .cfu_2rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .cfu_2cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.cfu_2cpy8lp: .cfu_2cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #16
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.cfu_2cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #16
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
orr r3, r3, r4, push #16 orr r3, r3, r4, push #16
@ -545,9 +460,6 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
orr r6, r6, r7, push #16 orr r6, r6, r7, push #16
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} stmia r0!, {r3 - r6}
bpl .cfu_2cpy8lp bpl .cfu_2cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .cfu_2cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.cfu_2rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .cfu_2rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #16 movne r3, r7, pull #16
@ -590,17 +502,8 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
sub r2, r2, ip sub r2, r2, ip
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
blt .cfu_3rem8lp blt .cfu_3rem8lp
PLD( pld [r1, #12] )
PLD( pld [r0, #12] )
PLD( subs ip, ip, #32 )
PLD( blt .cfu_3cpynopld )
PLD( pld [r1, #28] )
PLD( pld [r0, #28] )
.cfu_3cpy8lp: .cfu_3cpy8lp: mov r3, r7, pull #24
PLD( pld [r1, #44] )
PLD( pld [r0, #44] )
.cfu_3cpynopld: mov r3, r7, pull #24
ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault ldmia r1!, {r4 - r7} @ Shouldnt fault
orr r3, r3, r4, push #8 orr r3, r3, r4, push #8
mov r4, r4, pull #24 mov r4, r4, pull #24
@ -612,9 +515,6 @@ USER( ldrt r7, [r1], #4) @ May fault
stmia r0!, {r3 - r6} stmia r0!, {r3 - r6}
subs ip, ip, #16 subs ip, ip, #16
bpl .cfu_3cpy8lp bpl .cfu_3cpy8lp
PLD( cmn ip, #32 )
PLD( bge .cfu_3cpynopld )
PLD( add ip, ip, #32 )
.cfu_3rem8lp: tst ip, #8 .cfu_3rem8lp: tst ip, #8
movne r3, r7, pull #24 movne r3, r7, pull #24

1
arch/arm/mach-aaec2000/clock.c
View File

@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
#include <linux/list.h> #include <linux/list.h>
#include <linux/errno.h> #include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/err.h> #include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <asm/semaphore.h> #include <asm/semaphore.h>
#include <asm/hardware/clock.h> #include <asm/hardware/clock.h>

11
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/Kconfig
View File

@ -69,17 +69,6 @@ config EP72XX_ROM_BOOT
You almost surely want to say N here. You almost surely want to say N here.
config MACH_MP1000
bool "MACH_MP1000"
help
Say Y if you intend to run the kernel on the Comdial MP1000 platform.
config MP1000_90MHZ
bool "MP1000_90MHZ"
depends on MACH_MP1000
help
Say Y if you have the MP1000 configured to be set at 90MHZ rather than 74MHZ
endmenu endmenu
endif endif

1
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/Makefile
View File

@ -15,7 +15,6 @@ obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CDB89712) += cdb89712.o
obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLEP7312) += clep7312.o obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_CLEP7312) += clep7312.o
obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_EDB7211) += edb7211-arch.o edb7211-mm.o obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_EDB7211) += edb7211-arch.o edb7211-mm.o
obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_FORTUNET) += fortunet.o obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_FORTUNET) += fortunet.o
obj-$(CONFIG_MACH_MP1000) += mp1000-mach.o mp1000-mm.o mp1000-seprom.o
obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_P720T) += p720t.o obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_P720T) += p720t.o
leds-$(CONFIG_ARCH_P720T) += p720t-leds.o leds-$(CONFIG_ARCH_P720T) += p720t-leds.o
obj-$(CONFIG_LEDS) += $(leds-y) obj-$(CONFIG_LEDS) += $(leds-y)

8
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/edb7211-mm.c
View File

@ -55,22 +55,22 @@ static struct map_desc edb7211_io_desc[] __initdata = {
.virtual = EP7211_VIRT_EXTKBD, .virtual = EP7211_VIRT_EXTKBD,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_EXTKBD), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_EXTKBD),
.length = SZ_1M, .length = SZ_1M,
.type - MT_DEVICE .type = MT_DEVICE,
}, { /* and CS8900A Ethernet chip */ }, { /* and CS8900A Ethernet chip */
.virtual = EP7211_VIRT_CS8900A, .virtual = EP7211_VIRT_CS8900A,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_CS8900A), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_CS8900A),
.length = SZ_1M, .length = SZ_1M,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_DEVICE,
}, { /* flash banks */ }, { /* flash banks */
.virtual = EP7211_VIRT_FLASH1, .virtual = EP7211_VIRT_FLASH1,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_FLASH1), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_FLASH1),
.length = SZ_8M, .length = SZ_8M,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = EP7211_VIRT_FLASH2, .virtual = EP7211_VIRT_FLASH2,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_FLASH2), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(EP7211_PHYS_FLASH2),
.length = SZ_8M, .length = SZ_8M,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_DEVICE,
} }
}; };

49
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/mp1000-mach.c
View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/*
* linux/arch/arm/mach-mp1000/mp1000.c
*
* Copyright (C) 2005 Comdial Corporation
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <asm/setup.h>
#include <asm/mach-types.h>
#include <asm/mach/arch.h>
#include <asm/arch/mp1000-seprom.h>
#include "common.h"
extern void mp1000_map_io(void);
static void __init mp1000_init(void)
{
seprom_init();
}
MACHINE_START(MP1000, "Comdial MP1000")
/* Maintainer: Jon Ringle */
.phys_ram = 0xc0000000,
.phys_io = 0x80000000,
.io_pg_offst = ((0xff000000) >> 18) & 0xfffc,
.boot_params = 0xc0015100,
.map_io = mp1000_map_io,
.init_irq = clps711x_init_irq,
.init_machine = mp1000_init,
.timer = &clps711x_timer,
MACHINE_END

47
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/mp1000-mm.c
View File

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
/*
* linux/arch/arm/mach-mp1000/mm.c
*
* Extra MM routines for the MP1000
*
* Copyright (C) 2005 Comdial Corporation
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*/
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/page.h>
#include <asm/pgtable.h>
#include <asm/sizes.h>
#include <asm/mach/map.h>
extern void clps711x_map_io(void);
static struct map_desc mp1000_io_desc[] __initdata = {
{ MP1000_EIO_BASE, MP1000_EIO_START, MP1000_EIO_SIZE, MT_DEVICE },
{ MP1000_FIO_BASE, MP1000_FIO_START, MP1000_FIO_SIZE, MT_DEVICE },
{ MP1000_LIO_BASE, MP1000_LIO_START, MP1000_LIO_SIZE, MT_DEVICE },
{ MP1000_NIO_BASE, MP1000_NIO_START, MP1000_NIO_SIZE, MT_DEVICE },
{ MP1000_IDE_BASE, MP1000_IDE_START, MP1000_IDE_SIZE, MT_DEVICE },
{ MP1000_DSP_BASE, MP1000_DSP_START, MP1000_DSP_SIZE, MT_DEVICE }
};
void __init mp1000_map_io(void)
{
clps711x_map_io();
iotable_init(mp1000_io_desc, ARRAY_SIZE(mp1000_io_desc));
}

195
arch/arm/mach-clps711x/mp1000-seprom.c
View File

@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
/*`
* mp1000-seprom.c
*
* This file contains the Serial EEPROM code for the MP1000 board
*
* Copyright (C) 2005 Comdial Corporation
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
*
*/
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/hardware/clps7111.h>
#include <asm/arch/mp1000-seprom.h>
/* If SepromInit() can initialize and checksum the seprom successfully, */
/* then it will point seprom_data_ptr at the shadow copy. */
static eeprom_struct seprom_data; /* shadow copy of seprom content */
eeprom_struct *seprom_data_ptr = 0; /* 0 => not initialized */
/*
* Port D Bit 5 is Chip Select for EEPROM
* Port E Bit 0 is Input, Data out from EEPROM
* Port E Bit 1 is Output, Data in to EEPROM
* Port E Bit 2 is Output, CLK to EEPROM
*/
static char *port_d_ptr = (char *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PDDR);
static char *port_e_ptr = (char *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PEDR);
#define NO_OF_SHORTS 64 // Device is 64 x 16 bits
#define ENABLE_RW 0
#define DISABLE_RW 1
static inline void toggle_seprom_clock(void)
{
*port_e_ptr |= HwPortESepromCLK;
*port_e_ptr &= ~(HwPortESepromCLK);
}
static inline void select_eeprom(void)
{
*port_d_ptr |= HwPortDEECS;
*port_e_ptr &= ~(HwPortESepromCLK);
}
static inline void deselect_eeprom(void)
{
*port_d_ptr &= ~(HwPortDEECS);
*port_e_ptr &= ~(HwPortESepromDIn);
}
/*
* GetSepromDataPtr - returns pointer to shadow (RAM) copy of seprom
* and returns 0 if seprom is not initialized or
* has a checksum error.
*/
eeprom_struct* get_seprom_ptr(void)
{
return seprom_data_ptr;
}
unsigned char* get_eeprom_mac_address(void)
{
return seprom_data_ptr->variant.eprom_struct.mac_Address;
}
/*
* ReadSProm, Physically reads data from the Serial PROM
*/
static void read_sprom(short address, int length, eeprom_struct *buffer)
{
short data = COMMAND_READ | (address & 0x3F);
short bit;
int i;
select_eeprom();
// Clock in 9 bits of the command
for (i = 0, bit = 0x100; i < 9; i++, bit >>= 1) {
if (data & bit)
*port_e_ptr |= HwPortESepromDIn;
else
*port_e_ptr &= ~(HwPortESepromDIn);
toggle_seprom_clock();
}
//
// Now read one or more shorts of data from the Seprom
//
while (length-- > 0) {
data = 0;
// Read 16 bits at a time
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
data <<= 1;
toggle_seprom_clock();
data |= *port_e_ptr & HwPortESepromDOut;
}
buffer->variant.eprom_short_data[address++] = data;
}
deselect_eeprom();
return;
}
/*
* ReadSerialPROM
*
* Input: Pointer to array of 64 x 16 Bits
*
* Output: if no problem reading data is filled in
*/
static void read_serial_prom(eeprom_struct *data)
{
read_sprom(0, 64, data);
}
//
// Compute Serial EEPROM checksum
//
// Input: Pointer to struct with Eprom data
//
// Output: The computed Eprom checksum
//
static short compute_seprom_checksum(eeprom_struct *data)
{
short checksum = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 126; i++) {
checksum += (short)data->variant.eprom_byte_data[i];
}
return((short)(0x5555 - (checksum & 0xFFFF)));
}
//
// Make sure the data port bits for the SEPROM are correctly initialised
//
void __init seprom_init(void)
{
short checksum;
// Init Port D
*(char *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PDDDR) = 0x0;
*(char *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PDDR) = 0x15;
// Init Port E
*(int *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PEDDR) = 0x06;
*(int *)(CLPS7111_VIRT_BASE + PEDR) = 0x04;
//
// Make sure that EEPROM struct size never exceeds 128 bytes
//
if (sizeof(eeprom_struct) > 128) {
panic("Serial PROM struct size > 128, aborting read\n");
}
read_serial_prom(&seprom_data);
checksum = compute_seprom_checksum(&seprom_data);
if (checksum != seprom_data.variant.eprom_short_data[63]) {
panic("Serial EEPROM checksum failed\n");
}
seprom_data_ptr = &seprom_data;
}

1
arch/arm/mach-epxa10db/mm.c
View File

@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
#include <asm/hardware.h> #include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/io.h> #include <asm/io.h>
#include <asm/sizes.h> #include <asm/sizes.h>
#include <asm/page.h>
#include <asm/mach/map.h> #include <asm/mach/map.h>

3
arch/arm/mach-integrator/impd1.c
View File

@ -420,8 +420,7 @@ static int impd1_probe(struct lm_device *dev)
free_impd1: free_impd1:
if (impd1 && impd1->base) if (impd1 && impd1->base)
iounmap(impd1->base); iounmap(impd1->base);
if (impd1) kfree(impd1);
kfree(impd1);
release_lm: release_lm:
release_mem_region(dev->resource.start, SZ_4K); release_mem_region(dev->resource.start, SZ_4K);
return ret; return ret;

81
arch/arm/mach-ixp2000/core.c
View File

@ -84,63 +84,54 @@ static struct map_desc ixp2000_io_desc[] __initdata = {
.virtual = IXP2000_CAP_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_CAP_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_CAP_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_CAP_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_CAP_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_CAP_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_INTCTL_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_INTCTL_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_INTCTL_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_INTCTL_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_INTCTL_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_INTCTL_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CREG_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CREG_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CREG_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CREG_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_PCI_CREG_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_PCI_CREG_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CSR_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CSR_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CSR_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CSR_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_PCI_CSR_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_PCI_CSR_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_MSF_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_MSF_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_MSF_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_MSF_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_MSF_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_MSF_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_PCI_IO_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_PCI_IO_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_IO_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_IO_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_PCI_IO_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_PCI_IO_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_PCI_CFG0_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_VIRT_BASE,
.pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_PHYS_BASE), .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_PHYS_BASE),
.length = IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_SIZE, .length = IXP2000_PCI_CFG1_SIZE,
.type = MT_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
} }
}; };
void __init ixp2000_map_io(void) void __init ixp2000_map_io(void)
{ {
extern unsigned int processor_id;
/* /*
* On IXP2400 CPUs we need to use MT_IXP2000_DEVICE for * On IXP2400 CPUs we need to use MT_IXP2000_DEVICE so that
* tweaking the PMDs so XCB=101. On IXP2800s we use the normal * XCB=101 (to avoid triggering erratum #66), and given that
* PMD flags. * this mode speeds up I/O accesses and we have write buffer
* flushes in the right places anyway, it doesn't hurt to use
* XCB=101 for all IXP2000s.
*/ */
if ((processor_id & 0xfffffff0) == 0x69054190) {
int i;
printk(KERN_INFO "Enabling IXP2400 erratum #66 workaround\n");
for(i=0;i<ARRAY_SIZE(ixp2000_io_desc);i++)
ixp2000_io_desc[i].type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE;
}
iotable_init(ixp2000_io_desc, ARRAY_SIZE(ixp2000_io_desc)); iotable_init(ixp2000_io_desc, ARRAY_SIZE(ixp2000_io_desc));
/* Set slowport to 8-bit mode. */ /* Set slowport to 8-bit mode. */
@ -402,6 +393,40 @@ static void ixp2000_pci_irq_unmask(unsigned int irq)
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_PCI_XSCALE_INT_ENABLE, (temp | (1 << 27))); ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_PCI_XSCALE_INT_ENABLE, (temp | (1 << 27)));
} }
/*
* Error interrupts. These are used extensively by the microengine drivers
*/
static void ixp2000_err_irq_handler(unsigned int irq, struct irqdesc *desc, struct pt_regs *regs)
{
int i;
unsigned long status = *IXP2000_IRQ_ERR_STATUS;
for(i = 31; i >= 0; i--) {
if(status & (1 << i)) {
desc = irq_desc + IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR + i;
desc->handle(IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR + i, desc, regs);
}
}
}
static void ixp2000_err_irq_mask(unsigned int irq)
{
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_IRQ_ERR_ENABLE_CLR,
(1 << (irq - IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR)));
}
static void ixp2000_err_irq_unmask(unsigned int irq)
{
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_IRQ_ERR_ENABLE_SET,
(1 << (irq - IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR)));
}
static struct irqchip ixp2000_err_irq_chip = {
.ack = ixp2000_err_irq_mask,
.mask = ixp2000_err_irq_mask,
.unmask = ixp2000_err_irq_unmask
};
static struct irqchip ixp2000_pci_irq_chip = { static struct irqchip ixp2000_pci_irq_chip = {
.ack = ixp2000_pci_irq_mask, .ack = ixp2000_pci_irq_mask,
.mask = ixp2000_pci_irq_mask, .mask = ixp2000_pci_irq_mask,
@ -459,6 +484,18 @@ void __init ixp2000_init_irq(void)
} else set_irq_flags(irq, 0); } else set_irq_flags(irq, 0);
} }
for (irq = IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR; irq <= IRQ_IXP2000_SP_INT; irq++) {
if((1 << (irq - IRQ_IXP2000_DRAM0_MIN_ERR)) &
IXP2000_VALID_ERR_IRQ_MASK) {
set_irq_chip(irq, &ixp2000_err_irq_chip);
set_irq_handler(irq, do_level_IRQ);
set_irq_flags(irq, IRQF_VALID);
}
else
set_irq_flags(irq, 0);
}
set_irq_chained_handler(IRQ_IXP2000_ERRSUM, ixp2000_err_irq_handler);
/* /*
* GPIO IRQs are invalid until someone sets the interrupt mode * GPIO IRQs are invalid until someone sets the interrupt mode
* by calling set_irq_type(). * by calling set_irq_type().

12
arch/arm/mach-ixp2000/enp2611.c
View File

@ -69,19 +69,19 @@ static struct sys_timer enp2611_timer = {
static struct map_desc enp2611_io_desc[] __initdata = { static struct map_desc enp2611_io_desc[] __initdata = {
{ {
.virtual = ENP2611_CALEB_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = ENP2611_CALEB_VIRT_BASE,
.physical = ENP2611_CALEB_PHYS_BASE, .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(ENP2611_CALEB_PHYS_BASE),
.length = ENP2611_CALEB_SIZE, .length = ENP2611_CALEB_SIZE,
.type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = ENP2611_PM3386_0_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = ENP2611_PM3386_0_VIRT_BASE,
.physical = ENP2611_PM3386_0_PHYS_BASE, .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(ENP2611_PM3386_0_PHYS_BASE),
.length = ENP2611_PM3386_0_SIZE, .length = ENP2611_PM3386_0_SIZE,
.type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
}, { }, {
.virtual = ENP2611_PM3386_1_VIRT_BASE, .virtual = ENP2611_PM3386_1_VIRT_BASE,
.physical = ENP2611_PM3386_1_PHYS_BASE, .pfn = __phys_to_pfn(ENP2611_PM3386_1_PHYS_BASE),
.length = ENP2611_PM3386_1_SIZE, .length = ENP2611_PM3386_1_SIZE,
.type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE .type = MT_IXP2000_DEVICE,
} }
}; };

11
arch/arm/mach-ixp2000/uengine.c
View File

@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(ixp2000_uengine_csr_write);
void ixp2000_uengine_reset(u32 uengine_mask) void ixp2000_uengine_reset(u32 uengine_mask)
{ {
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_RESET1, uengine_mask & ixp2000_uengine_mask); ixp2000_reg_wrb(IXP2000_RESET1, uengine_mask & ixp2000_uengine_mask);
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_RESET1, 0); ixp2000_reg_wrb(IXP2000_RESET1, 0);
} }
EXPORT_SYMBOL(ixp2000_uengine_reset); EXPORT_SYMBOL(ixp2000_uengine_reset);
@ -452,21 +452,20 @@ static int __init ixp2000_uengine_init(void)
/* /*
* Reset microengines. * Reset microengines.
*/ */
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_RESET1, ixp2000_uengine_mask); ixp2000_uengine_reset(ixp2000_uengine_mask);
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_RESET1, 0);
/* /*
* Synchronise timestamp counters across all microengines. * Synchronise timestamp counters across all microengines.
*/ */
value = ixp2000_reg_read(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL); value = ixp2000_reg_read(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL);
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL, value & ~0x80); ixp2000_reg_wrb(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL, value & ~0x80);
for (uengine = 0; uengine < 32; uengine++) { for (uengine = 0; uengine < 32; uengine++) {
if (ixp2000_uengine_mask & (1 << uengine)) { if (ixp2000_uengine_mask & (1 << uengine)) {
ixp2000_uengine_csr_write(uengine, TIMESTAMP_LOW, 0); ixp2000_uengine_csr_write(uengine, TIMESTAMP_LOW, 0);
ixp2000_uengine_csr_write(uengine, TIMESTAMP_HIGH, 0); ixp2000_uengine_csr_write(uengine, TIMESTAMP_HIGH, 0);
} }
} }
ixp2000_reg_write(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL, value | 0x80); ixp2000_reg_wrb(IXP2000_MISC_CONTROL, value | 0x80);
return 0; return 0;
} }

2
arch/arm/mach-ixp4xx/common-pci.c
View File

@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ void __init ixp4xx_pci_preinit(void)
#ifdef __ARMEB__ #ifdef __ARMEB__
*PCI_CSR = PCI_CSR_IC | PCI_CSR_ABE | PCI_CSR_PDS | PCI_CSR_ADS; *PCI_CSR = PCI_CSR_IC | PCI_CSR_ABE | PCI_CSR_PDS | PCI_CSR_ADS;
#else #else
*PCI_CSR = PCI_CSR_IC; *PCI_CSR = PCI_CSR_IC | PCI_CSR_ABE;
#endif #endif
pr_debug("DONE\n"); pr_debug("DONE\n");

1
arch/arm/mach-omap1/leds-h2p2-debug.c
View File

@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
#include <linux/init.h> #include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/kernel_stat.h> #include <linux/kernel_stat.h>
#include <linux/sched.h> #include <linux/sched.h>
#include <linux/version.h>
#include <asm/io.h> #include <asm/io.h>
#include <asm/hardware.h> #include <asm/hardware.h>

9
arch/arm/mach-pxa/Kconfig
View File

@ -27,7 +27,8 @@ config PXA_SHARPSL
Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a Say Y here if you intend to run this kernel on a
Sharp Zaurus SL-5600 (Poodle), SL-C700 (Corgi), Sharp Zaurus SL-5600 (Poodle), SL-C700 (Corgi),
SL-C750 (Shepherd), SL-C760 (Husky), SL-C1000 (Akita), SL-C750 (Shepherd), SL-C760 (Husky), SL-C1000 (Akita),
SL-C3000 (Spitz) or SL-C3100 (Borzoi) handheld computer. SL-C3000 (Spitz), SL-C3100 (Borzoi) or SL-C6000x (Tosa)
handheld computer.
endchoice endchoice
@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ choice
prompt "Select target Sharp Zaurus device range" prompt "Select target Sharp Zaurus device range"
config PXA_SHARPSL_25x config PXA_SHARPSL_25x
bool "Sharp PXA25x models (SL-5600 and SL-C7xx)" bool "Sharp PXA25x models (SL-5600, SL-C7xx and SL-C6000x)"
select PXA25x select PXA25x
config PXA_SHARPSL_27x config PXA_SHARPSL_27x
@ -80,6 +81,10 @@ config MACH_BORZOI
depends PXA_SHARPSL_27x depends PXA_SHARPSL_27x
select PXA_SHARP_Cxx00 select PXA_SHARP_Cxx00
config MACH_TOSA
bool "Enable Sharp SL-6000x (Tosa) Support"
depends PXA_SHARPSL
config PXA25x config PXA25x
bool bool
help help

1
arch/arm/mach-pxa/Makefile
View File

@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ obj-$(CONFIG_ARCH_PXA_IDP) += idp.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PXA_SHARP_C7xx) += corgi.o corgi_ssp.o corgi_lcd.o ssp.o obj-$(CONFIG_PXA_SHARP_C7xx) += corgi.o corgi_ssp.o corgi_lcd.o ssp.o
obj-$(CONFIG_PXA_SHARP_Cxx00) += spitz.o corgi_ssp.o corgi_lcd.o ssp.o obj-$(CONFIG_PXA_SHARP_Cxx00) += spitz.o corgi_ssp.o corgi_lcd.o ssp.o
obj-$(CONFIG_MACH_POODLE) += poodle.o obj-$(CONFIG_MACH_POODLE) += poodle.o
obj-$(CONFIG_MACH_TOSA) += tosa.o
# Support for blinky lights # Support for blinky lights
led-y := leds.o led-y := leds.o

50
arch/arm/mach-pxa/corgi.c
View File

@ -62,15 +62,6 @@ static struct scoop_config corgi_scoop_setup = {
.io_out = CORGI_SCOOP_IO_OUT, .io_out = CORGI_SCOOP_IO_OUT,
}; };
static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev corgi_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
{
.dev = &corgiscoop_device.dev,
.irq = CORGI_IRQ_GPIO_CF_IRQ,
.cd_irq = CORGI_IRQ_GPIO_CF_CD,
.cd_irq_str = "PCMCIA0 CD",
},
};
struct platform_device corgiscoop_device = { struct platform_device corgiscoop_device = {
.name = "sharp-scoop", .name = "sharp-scoop",
.id = -1, .id = -1,
@ -81,6 +72,44 @@ struct platform_device corgiscoop_device = {
.resource = corgi_scoop_resources, .resource = corgi_scoop_resources,
}; };
static void corgi_pcmcia_init(void)
{
/* Setup default state of GPIO outputs
before we enable them as outputs. */
GPSR(GPIO48_nPOE) = GPIO_bit(GPIO48_nPOE) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO49_nPWE) | GPIO_bit(GPIO50_nPIOR) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO51_nPIOW) | GPIO_bit(GPIO52_nPCE_1) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO53_nPCE_2);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO48_nPOE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO49_nPWE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO50_nPIOR_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO51_nPIOW_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO55_nPREG_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO56_nPWAIT_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO57_nIOIS16_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO52_nPCE_1_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO53_nPCE_2_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO54_pSKTSEL_MD);
}
static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev corgi_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
{
.dev = &corgiscoop_device.dev,
.irq = CORGI_IRQ_GPIO_CF_IRQ,
.cd_irq = CORGI_IRQ_GPIO_CF_CD,
.cd_irq_str = "PCMCIA0 CD",
},
};
static struct scoop_pcmcia_config corgi_pcmcia_config = {
.devs = &corgi_pcmcia_scoop[0],
.num_devs = 1,
.pcmcia_init = corgi_pcmcia_init,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(corgiscoop_device);
/* /*
* Corgi SSP Device * Corgi SSP Device
@ -294,8 +323,7 @@ static void __init corgi_init(void)
pxa_set_mci_info(&corgi_mci_platform_data); pxa_set_mci_info(&corgi_mci_platform_data);
pxa_set_ficp_info(&corgi_ficp_platform_data); pxa_set_ficp_info(&corgi_ficp_platform_data);
scoop_num = 1; platform_scoop_config = &corgi_pcmcia_config;
scoop_devs = &corgi_pcmcia_scoop[0];
platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices)); platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices));
} }

1
arch/arm/mach-pxa/corgi_lcd.c
View File

@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
#include <linux/kernel.h> #include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/platform_device.h> #include <linux/platform_device.h>
#include <linux/module.h> #include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <asm/arch/akita.h> #include <asm/arch/akita.h>
#include <asm/arch/corgi.h> #include <asm/arch/corgi.h>
#include <asm/arch/hardware.h> #include <asm/arch/hardware.h>

80
arch/arm/mach-pxa/lubbock.c
View File

@ -19,16 +19,20 @@
#include <linux/major.h> #include <linux/major.h>
#include <linux/fb.h> #include <linux/fb.h>
#include <linux/interrupt.h> #include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <linux/mtd/mtd.h>
#include <linux/mtd/partitions.h>
#include <asm/setup.h> #include <asm/setup.h>
#include <asm/memory.h> #include <asm/memory.h>
#include <asm/mach-types.h> #include <asm/mach-types.h>
#include <asm/hardware.h> #include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/irq.h> #include <asm/irq.h>
#include <asm/sizes.h>
#include <asm/mach/arch.h> #include <asm/mach/arch.h>
#include <asm/mach/map.h> #include <asm/mach/map.h>
#include <asm/mach/irq.h> #include <asm/mach/irq.h>
#include <asm/mach/flash.h>
#include <asm/hardware/sa1111.h> #include <asm/hardware/sa1111.h>
@ -199,10 +203,75 @@ static struct platform_device smc91x_device = {
.resource = smc91x_resources, .resource = smc91x_resources,
}; };
static struct resource flash_resources[] = {
[0] = {
.start = 0x00000000,
.end = SZ_64M - 1,
.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
},
[1] = {
.start = 0x04000000,
.end = 0x04000000 + SZ_64M - 1,
.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
},
};
static struct mtd_partition lubbock_partitions[] = {
{
.name = "Bootloader",
.size = 0x00040000,
.offset = 0,
.mask_flags = MTD_WRITEABLE /* force read-only */
},{
.name = "Kernel",
.size = 0x00100000,
.offset = 0x00040000,
},{
.name = "Filesystem",
.size = MTDPART_SIZ_FULL,
.offset = 0x00140000
}
};
static struct flash_platform_data lubbock_flash_data[2] = {
{
.map_name = "cfi_probe",
.parts = lubbock_partitions,
.nr_parts = ARRAY_SIZE(lubbock_partitions),
}, {
.map_name = "cfi_probe",
.parts = NULL,
.nr_parts = 0,
}
};
static struct platform_device lubbock_flash_device[2] = {
{
.name = "pxa2xx-flash",
.id = 0,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &lubbock_flash_data[0],
},
.resource = &flash_resources[0],
.num_resources = 1,
},
{
.name = "pxa2xx-flash",
.id = 1,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &lubbock_flash_data[1],
},
.resource = &flash_resources[1],
.num_resources = 1,
},
};
static struct platform_device *devices[] __initdata = { static struct platform_device *devices[] __initdata = {
&sa1111_device, &sa1111_device,
&lub_audio_device, &lub_audio_device,
&smc91x_device, &smc91x_device,
&lubbock_flash_device[0],
&lubbock_flash_device[1],
}; };
static struct pxafb_mach_info sharp_lm8v31 __initdata = { static struct pxafb_mach_info sharp_lm8v31 __initdata = {
@ -315,10 +384,21 @@ static struct pxaficp_platform_data lubbock_ficp_platform_data = {
static void __init lubbock_init(void) static void __init lubbock_init(void)
{ {
int flashboot = (LUB_CONF_SWITCHES & 1);
pxa_set_udc_info(&udc_info); pxa_set_udc_info(&udc_info);
set_pxa_fb_info(&sharp_lm8v31); set_pxa_fb_info(&sharp_lm8v31);
pxa_set_mci_info(&lubbock_mci_platform_data); pxa_set_mci_info(&lubbock_mci_platform_data);
pxa_set_ficp_info(&lubbock_ficp_platform_data); pxa_set_ficp_info(&lubbock_ficp_platform_data);
lubbock_flash_data[0].width = lubbock_flash_data[1].width =
(BOOT_DEF & 1) ? 2 : 4;
/* Compensate for the nROMBT switch which swaps the flash banks */
printk(KERN_NOTICE "Lubbock configured to boot from %s (bank %d)\n",
flashboot?"Flash":"ROM", flashboot);
lubbock_flash_data[flashboot^1].name = "application-flash";
lubbock_flash_data[flashboot].name = "boot-rom";
(void) platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices)); (void) platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices));
} }

90
arch/arm/mach-pxa/mainstone.c
View File

@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
#include <linux/sched.h> #include <linux/sched.h>
#include <linux/bitops.h> #include <linux/bitops.h>
#include <linux/fb.h> #include <linux/fb.h>
#include <linux/ioport.h>
#include <linux/mtd/mtd.h>
#include <linux/mtd/partitions.h>
#include <asm/types.h> #include <asm/types.h>
#include <asm/setup.h> #include <asm/setup.h>
@ -27,10 +30,12 @@
#include <asm/mach-types.h> #include <asm/mach-types.h>
#include <asm/hardware.h> #include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/irq.h> #include <asm/irq.h>
#include <asm/sizes.h>
#include <asm/mach/arch.h> #include <asm/mach/arch.h>
#include <asm/mach/map.h> #include <asm/mach/map.h>
#include <asm/mach/irq.h> #include <asm/mach/irq.h>
#include <asm/mach/flash.h>
#include <asm/arch/pxa-regs.h> #include <asm/arch/pxa-regs.h>
#include <asm/arch/mainstone.h> #include <asm/arch/mainstone.h>
@ -190,6 +195,69 @@ static struct platform_device mst_audio_device = {
.dev = { .platform_data = &mst_audio_ops }, .dev = { .platform_data = &mst_audio_ops },
}; };
static struct resource flash_resources[] = {
[0] = {
.start = PXA_CS0_PHYS,
.end = PXA_CS0_PHYS + SZ_64M - 1,
.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
},
[1] = {
.start = PXA_CS1_PHYS,
.end = PXA_CS1_PHYS + SZ_64M - 1,
.flags = IORESOURCE_MEM,
},
};
static struct mtd_partition mainstoneflash0_partitions[] = {
{
.name = "Bootloader",
.size = 0x00040000,
.offset = 0,
.mask_flags = MTD_WRITEABLE /* force read-only */
},{
.name = "Kernel",
.size = 0x00400000,
.offset = 0x00040000,
},{
.name = "Filesystem",
.size = MTDPART_SIZ_FULL,
.offset = 0x00440000
}
};
static struct flash_platform_data mst_flash_data[2] = {
{
.map_name = "cfi_probe",
.parts = mainstoneflash0_partitions,
.nr_parts = ARRAY_SIZE(mainstoneflash0_partitions),
}, {
.map_name = "cfi_probe",
.parts = NULL,
.nr_parts = 0,
}
};
static struct platform_device mst_flash_device[2] = {
{
.name = "pxa2xx-flash",
.id = 0,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &mst_flash_data[0],
},
.resource = &flash_resources[0],
.num_resources = 1,
},
{
.name = "pxa2xx-flash",
.id = 1,
.dev = {
.platform_data = &mst_flash_data[1],
},
.resource = &flash_resources[1],
.num_resources = 1,
},
};
static void mainstone_backlight_power(int on) static void mainstone_backlight_power(int on)
{ {
if (on) { if (on) {
@ -318,16 +386,34 @@ static struct pxaficp_platform_data mainstone_ficp_platform_data = {
.transceiver_mode = mainstone_irda_transceiver_mode, .transceiver_mode = mainstone_irda_transceiver_mode,
}; };
static struct platform_device *platform_devices[] __initdata = {
&smc91x_device,
&mst_audio_device,
&mst_flash_device[0],
&mst_flash_device[1],
};
static void __init mainstone_init(void) static void __init mainstone_init(void)
{ {
int SW7 = 0; /* FIXME: get from SCR (Mst doc section 3.2.1.1) */
mst_flash_data[0].width = (BOOT_DEF & 1) ? 2 : 4;
mst_flash_data[1].width = 4;
/* Compensate for SW7 which swaps the flash banks */
mst_flash_data[SW7].name = "processor-flash";
mst_flash_data[SW7 ^ 1].name = "mainboard-flash";
printk(KERN_NOTICE "Mainstone configured to boot from %s\n",
mst_flash_data[0].name);
/* /*
* On Mainstone, we route AC97_SYSCLK via GPIO45 to * On Mainstone, we route AC97_SYSCLK via GPIO45 to
* the audio daughter card * the audio daughter card
*/ */
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO45_SYSCLK_AC97_MD); pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO45_SYSCLK_AC97_MD);
platform_device_register(&smc91x_device); platform_add_devices(platform_devices, ARRAY_SIZE(platform_devices));
platform_device_register(&mst_audio_device);
/* reading Mainstone's "Virtual Configuration Register" /* reading Mainstone's "Virtual Configuration Register"
might be handy to select LCD type here */ might be handy to select LCD type here */

16
arch/arm/mach-pxa/pm.c
View File

@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
*/ */
#include <linux/config.h> #include <linux/config.h>
#include <linux/init.h> #include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/suspend.h> #include <linux/suspend.h>
#include <linux/errno.h> #include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/time.h> #include <linux/time.h>
@ -19,6 +20,7 @@
#include <asm/hardware.h> #include <asm/hardware.h>
#include <asm/memory.h> #include <asm/memory.h>
#include <asm/system.h> #include <asm/system.h>
#include <asm/arch/pm.h>
#include <asm/arch/pxa-regs.h> #include <asm/arch/pxa-regs.h>
#include <asm/arch/lubbock.h> #include <asm/arch/lubbock.h>
#include <asm/mach/time.h> #include <asm/mach/time.h>
@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ enum { SLEEP_SAVE_START = 0,
}; };
static int pxa_pm_enter(suspend_state_t state) int pxa_pm_enter(suspend_state_t state)
{ {
unsigned long sleep_save[SLEEP_SAVE_SIZE]; unsigned long sleep_save[SLEEP_SAVE_SIZE];
unsigned long checksum = 0; unsigned long checksum = 0;
@ -191,6 +193,8 @@ static int pxa_pm_enter(suspend_state_t state)
return 0; return 0;
} }
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pxa_pm_enter);
unsigned long sleep_phys_sp(void *sp) unsigned long sleep_phys_sp(void *sp)
{ {
return virt_to_phys(sp); return virt_to_phys(sp);
@ -199,21 +203,25 @@ unsigned long sleep_phys_sp(void *sp)
/* /*
* Called after processes are frozen, but before we shut down devices. * Called after processes are frozen, but before we shut down devices.
*/ */
static int pxa_pm_prepare(suspend_state_t state) int pxa_pm_prepare(suspend_state_t state)
{ {
extern int pxa_cpu_pm_prepare(suspend_state_t state); extern int pxa_cpu_pm_prepare(suspend_state_t state);
return pxa_cpu_pm_prepare(state); return pxa_cpu_pm_prepare(state);
} }
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pxa_pm_prepare);
/* /*
* Called after devices are re-setup, but before processes are thawed. * Called after devices are re-setup, but before processes are thawed.
*/ */
static int pxa_pm_finish(suspend_state_t state) int pxa_pm_finish(suspend_state_t state)
{ {
return 0; return 0;
} }
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(pxa_pm_finish);
/* /*
* Set to PM_DISK_FIRMWARE so we can quickly veto suspend-to-disk. * Set to PM_DISK_FIRMWARE so we can quickly veto suspend-to-disk.
*/ */
@ -230,4 +238,4 @@ static int __init pxa_pm_init(void)
return 0; return 0;
} }
late_initcall(pxa_pm_init); device_initcall(pxa_pm_init);

32
arch/arm/mach-pxa/poodle.c
View File

@ -65,6 +65,27 @@ struct platform_device poodle_scoop_device = {
.resource = poodle_scoop_resources, .resource = poodle_scoop_resources,
}; };
static void poodle_pcmcia_init(void)
{
/* Setup default state of GPIO outputs
before we enable them as outputs. */
GPSR(GPIO48_nPOE) = GPIO_bit(GPIO48_nPOE) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO49_nPWE) | GPIO_bit(GPIO50_nPIOR) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO51_nPIOW) | GPIO_bit(GPIO52_nPCE_1) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO53_nPCE_2);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO48_nPOE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO49_nPWE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO50_nPIOR_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO51_nPIOW_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO55_nPREG_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO56_nPWAIT_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO57_nIOIS16_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO52_nPCE_1_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO53_nPCE_2_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO54_pSKTSEL_MD);
}
static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev poodle_pcmcia_scoop[] = { static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev poodle_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
{ {
.dev = &poodle_scoop_device.dev, .dev = &poodle_scoop_device.dev,
@ -74,6 +95,14 @@ static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev poodle_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
}, },
}; };
static struct scoop_pcmcia_config poodle_pcmcia_config = {
.devs = &poodle_pcmcia_scoop[0],
.num_devs = 1,
.pcmcia_init = poodle_pcmcia_init,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(poodle_scoop_device);
/* LoCoMo device */ /* LoCoMo device */
static struct resource locomo_resources[] = { static struct resource locomo_resources[] = {
@ -268,8 +297,7 @@ static void __init poodle_init(void)
pxa_set_mci_info(&poodle_mci_platform_data); pxa_set_mci_info(&poodle_mci_platform_data);
pxa_set_ficp_info(&poodle_ficp_platform_data); pxa_set_ficp_info(&poodle_ficp_platform_data);
scoop_num = 1; platform_scoop_config = &poodle_pcmcia_config;
scoop_devs = &poodle_pcmcia_scoop[0];
ret = platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices)); ret = platform_add_devices(devices, ARRAY_SIZE(devices));
if (ret) { if (ret) {

95
arch/arm/mach-pxa/spitz.c
View File

@ -104,6 +104,66 @@ struct platform_device spitzscoop2_device = {
.resource = spitz_scoop2_resources, .resource = spitz_scoop2_resources,
}; };
#define SPITZ_PWR_SD 0x01
#define SPITZ_PWR_CF 0x02
/* Power control is shared with between one of the CF slots and SD */
static void spitz_card_pwr_ctrl(int device, unsigned short new_cpr)
{
unsigned short cpr = read_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR);
if (new_cpr & 0x0007) {
set_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP_CF_POWER);
if (!(cpr & 0x0002) && !(cpr & 0x0004))
mdelay(5);
if (device == SPITZ_PWR_CF)
cpr |= 0x0002;
if (device == SPITZ_PWR_SD)
cpr |= 0x0004;
write_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR, cpr | new_cpr);
} else {
if (device == SPITZ_PWR_CF)
cpr &= ~0x0002;
if (device == SPITZ_PWR_SD)
cpr &= ~0x0004;
write_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR, cpr | new_cpr);
if (!(cpr & 0x0002) && !(cpr & 0x0004)) {
mdelay(1);
reset_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP_CF_POWER);
}
}
}
static void spitz_pcmcia_init(void)
{
/* Setup default state of GPIO outputs
before we enable them as outputs. */
GPSR(GPIO48_nPOE) = GPIO_bit(GPIO48_nPOE) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO49_nPWE) | GPIO_bit(GPIO50_nPIOR) |
GPIO_bit(GPIO51_nPIOW) | GPIO_bit(GPIO54_nPCE_2);
GPSR(GPIO85_nPCE_1) = GPIO_bit(GPIO85_nPCE_1);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO48_nPOE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO49_nPWE_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO50_nPIOR_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO51_nPIOW_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO55_nPREG_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO56_nPWAIT_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO57_nIOIS16_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO85_nPCE_1_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO54_nPCE_2_MD);
pxa_gpio_mode(GPIO104_pSKTSEL_MD);
}
static void spitz_pcmcia_pwr(struct device *scoop, unsigned short cpr, int nr)
{
/* Only need to override behaviour for slot 0 */
if (nr == 0)
spitz_card_pwr_ctrl(SPITZ_PWR_CF, cpr);
else
write_scoop_reg(scoop, SCOOP_CPR, cpr);
}
static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev spitz_pcmcia_scoop[] = { static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev spitz_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
{ {
.dev = &spitzscoop_device.dev, .dev = &spitzscoop_device.dev,
@ -117,6 +177,16 @@ static struct scoop_pcmcia_dev spitz_pcmcia_scoop[] = {
}, },
}; };
static struct scoop_pcmcia_config spitz_pcmcia_config = {
.devs = &spitz_pcmcia_scoop[0],
.num_devs = 2,
.pcmcia_init = spitz_pcmcia_init,
.power_ctrl = spitz_pcmcia_pwr,
};
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spitzscoop_device);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(spitzscoop2_device);
/* /*
* Spitz SSP Device * Spitz SSP Device
@ -235,27 +305,14 @@ static int spitz_mci_init(struct device *dev, irqreturn_t (*spitz_detect_int)(in
return 0; return 0;
} }
/* Power control is shared with one of the CF slots so we have a mess */
static void spitz_mci_setpower(struct device *dev, unsigned int vdd) static void spitz_mci_setpower(struct device *dev, unsigned int vdd)
{ {
struct pxamci_platform_data* p_d = dev->platform_data; struct pxamci_platform_data* p_d = dev->platform_data;
unsigned short cpr = read_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR); if (( 1 << vdd) & p_d->ocr_mask)
spitz_card_pwr_ctrl(SPITZ_PWR_SD, 0x0004);
if (( 1 << vdd) & p_d->ocr_mask) { else
/* printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: on\n", __FUNCTION__); */ spitz_card_pwr_ctrl(SPITZ_PWR_SD, 0x0000);
set_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP_CF_POWER);
mdelay(2);
write_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR, cpr | 0x04);
} else {
/* printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: off\n", __FUNCTION__); */
write_scoop_reg(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SCOOP_CPR, cpr & ~0x04);
if (!(cpr | 0x02)) {
mdelay(1);
reset_scoop_gpio(&spitzscoop_device.dev, SPITZ_SCP_CF_POWER);
}
}
} }
static int spitz_mci_get_ro(struct device *dev) static int spitz_mci_get_ro(struct device *dev)
@ -351,8 +408,8 @@ static void __init common_init(void)
static void __init spitz_init(void) static void __init spitz_init(void)
{ {
scoop_num = 2; platform_scoop_config = &spitz_pcmcia_config;
scoop_devs = &spitz_pcmcia_scoop[0];
spitz_bl_machinfo.set_bl_intensity = spitz_bl_set_intensity; spitz_bl_machinfo.set_bl_intensity = spitz_bl_set_intensity;
common_init(); common_init();

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More